libs/newlib-cygwin
libs/newlib-cygwin
4
0
Fork 0
mirror of git://sourceware.org/git/newlib-cygwin.git synced 2025-02-21 00:07:36 +08:00
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity

This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'add-fakeroots-

Browse Source 
dir'.

Sprout from kettenis_i386newframe-20030419-branch 2003-04-19 00:19:41 UTC cvs2svn 'This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch'
Delete:
    Makefile.tpl
    README
    README-maintainer-mode
    config-ml.in
    config.guess
    config.if
    config.sub
    config/ChangeLog
    config/accross.m4
    config/acinclude.m4
    config/acx.m4
    config/mh-armpic
    config/mh-cxux
    config/mh-cygwin
    config/mh-decstation
    config/mh-dgux386
    config/mh-djgpp
    config/mh-elfalphapic
    config/mh-i370pic
    config/mh-ia64pic
    config/mh-interix
    config/mh-lynxrs6k
    config/mh-m68kpic
    config/mh-mingw32
    config/mh-ncr3000
    config/mh-necv4
    config/mh-papic
    config/mh-ppcpic
    config/mh-s390pic
    config/mh-sco
    config/mh-solaris
    config/mh-sparcpic
    config/mh-sysv4
    config/mh-sysv5
    config/mh-x86pic
    config/mt-alphaieee
    config/mt-d30v
    config/mt-linux
    config/mt-netware
    config/mt-ospace
    config/mt-v810
    config/mt-wince
    configure
    configure.in
    djunpack.bat
    etc/ChangeLog
    etc/Makefile.in
    etc/add-log.el
    etc/add-log.vi
    etc/configbuild.ein
    etc/configbuild.fig
    etc/configbuild.jin
    etc/configbuild.tin
    etc/configdev.ein
    etc/configdev.fig
    etc/configdev.jin
    etc/configdev.tin
    etc/configure
    etc/configure.in
    etc/configure.texi
    etc/fdl.texi
    etc/make-stds.texi
    etc/standards.texi
    etc/texi2pod.pl
    gettext.m4
    include/COPYING
    include/ChangeLog
    include/MAINTAINERS
    include/alloca-conf.h
    include/ansidecl.h
    include/aout/ChangeLog
    include/aout/adobe.h
    include/aout/aout64.h
    include/aout/ar.h
    include/aout/dynix3.h
    include/aout/encap.h
    include/aout/host.h
    include/aout/hp.h
    include/aout/hp300hpux.h
    include/aout/hppa.h
    include/aout/ranlib.h
    include/aout/reloc.h
    include/aout/stab.def
    include/aout/stab_gnu.h
    include/aout/sun4.h
    include/bfdlink.h
    include/bin-bugs.h
    include/bout.h
    include/coff/ChangeLog
    include/coff/a29k.h
    include/coff/alpha.h
    include/coff/apollo.h
    include/coff/arm.h
    include/coff/aux-coff.h
    include/coff/ecoff.h
    include/coff/external.h
    include/coff/go32exe.h
    include/coff/h8300.h
    include/coff/h8500.h
    include/coff/i386.h
    include/coff/i860.h
    include/coff/i960.h
    include/coff/ia64.h
    include/coff/internal.h
    include/coff/m68k.h
    include/coff/m88k.h
    include/coff/mcore.h
    include/coff/mips.h
    include/coff/mipspe.h
    include/coff/or32.h
    include/coff/pe.h
    include/coff/powerpc.h
    include/coff/rs6000.h
    include/coff/rs6k64.h
    include/coff/sh.h
    include/coff/sparc.h
    include/coff/sym.h
    include/coff/symconst.h
    include/coff/ti.h
    include/coff/tic30.h
    include/coff/tic4x.h
    include/coff/tic54x.h
    include/coff/tic80.h
    include/coff/w65.h
    include/coff/we32k.h
    include/coff/xcoff.h
    include/coff/z8k.h
    include/demangle.h
    include/dis-asm.h
    include/dyn-string.h
    include/elf/ChangeLog
    include/elf/alpha.h
    include/elf/arc.h
    include/elf/arm.h
    include/elf/avr.h
    include/elf/common.h
    include/elf/cris.h
    include/elf/d10v.h
    include/elf/d30v.h
    include/elf/dlx.h
    include/elf/dwarf.h
    include/elf/dwarf2.h
    include/elf/external.h
    include/elf/fr30.h
    include/elf/frv.h
    include/elf/h8.h
    include/elf/hppa.h
    include/elf/i370.h
    include/elf/i386.h
    include/elf/i860.h
    include/elf/i960.h
    include/elf/ia64.h
    include/elf/internal.h
    include/elf/ip2k.h
    include/elf/iq2000.h
    include/elf/m32r.h
    include/elf/m68hc11.h
    include/elf/m68k.h
    include/elf/mcore.h
    include/elf/mips.h
    include/elf/mmix.h
    include/elf/mn10200.h
    include/elf/mn10300.h
    include/elf/msp430.h
    include/elf/openrisc.h
    include/elf/or32.h
    include/elf/pj.h
    include/elf/ppc.h
    include/elf/ppc64.h
    include/elf/reloc-macros.h
    include/elf/s390.h
    include/elf/sh.h
    include/elf/sparc.h
    include/elf/v850.h
    include/elf/vax.h
    include/elf/x86-64.h
    include/elf/xstormy16.h
    include/elf/xtensa.h
    include/fibheap.h
    include/filenames.h
    include/floatformat.h
    include/fnmatch.h
    include/fopen-bin.h
    include/fopen-same.h
    include/fopen-vms.h
    include/gdb/ChangeLog
    include/gdb/callback.h
    include/gdb/remote-sim.h
    include/gdb/signals.h
    include/gdb/sim-arm.h
    include/gdb/sim-d10v.h
    include/gdb/sim-h8300.h
    include/gdb/sim-sh.h
    include/gdbm.h
    include/getopt.h
    include/hashtab.h
    include/hp-symtab.h
    include/ieee.h
    include/libiberty.h
    include/md5.h
    include/mpw/ChangeLog
    include/mpw/README
    include/mpw/dir.h
    include/mpw/dirent.h
    include/mpw/fcntl.h
    include/mpw/grp.h
    include/mpw/mpw.h
    include/mpw/pwd.h
    include/mpw/spin.h
    include/mpw/stat.h
    include/mpw/sys/file.h
    include/mpw/sys/param.h
    include/mpw/sys/resource.h
    include/mpw/sys/stat.h
    include/mpw/sys/time.h
    include/mpw/sys/types.h
    include/mpw/utime.h
    include/mpw/varargs.h
    include/nlm/ChangeLog
    include/nlm/alpha-ext.h
    include/nlm/common.h
    include/nlm/external.h
    include/nlm/i386-ext.h
    include/nlm/internal.h
    include/nlm/ppc-ext.h
    include/nlm/sparc32-ext.h
    include/oasys.h
    include/objalloc.h
    include/obstack.h
    include/opcode/ChangeLog
    include/opcode/a29k.h
    include/opcode/alpha.h
    include/opcode/arc.h
    include/opcode/arm.h
    include/opcode/avr.h
    include/opcode/cgen.h
    include/opcode/convex.h
    include/opcode/cris.h
    include/opcode/d10v.h
    include/opcode/d30v.h
    include/opcode/dlx.h
    include/opcode/h8300.h
    include/opcode/hppa.h
    include/opcode/i370.h
    include/opcode/i386.h
    include/opcode/i860.h
    include/opcode/i960.h
    include/opcode/ia64.h
    include/opcode/m68hc11.h
    include/opcode/m68k.h
    include/opcode/m88k.h
    include/opcode/mips.h
    include/opcode/mmix.h
    include/opcode/mn10200.h
    include/opcode/mn10300.h
    include/opcode/msp430.h
    include/opcode/np1.h
    include/opcode/ns32k.h
    include/opcode/or32.h
    include/opcode/pdp11.h
    include/opcode/pj.h
    include/opcode/pn.h
    include/opcode/ppc.h
    include/opcode/pyr.h
    include/opcode/s390.h
    include/opcode/sparc.h
    include/opcode/tahoe.h
    include/opcode/tic30.h
    include/opcode/tic4x.h
    include/opcode/tic54x.h
    include/opcode/tic80.h
    include/opcode/v850.h
    include/opcode/vax.h
    include/os9k.h
    include/partition.h
    include/progress.h
    include/safe-ctype.h
    include/sort.h
    include/splay-tree.h
    include/symcat.h
    include/ternary.h
    include/xregex.h
    include/xregex2.h
    include/xtensa-config.h
    include/xtensa-isa-internal.h
    include/xtensa-isa.h
    install-sh
    libtool.m4
    ltcf-c.sh
    ltcf-cxx.sh
    ltcf-gcj.sh
    ltconfig
    ltmain.sh
    makefile.vms
    missing
    mkdep
    mkinstalldirs
    move-if-change
    mpw-README
    mpw-build.in
    mpw-config.in
    mpw-configure
    mpw-install
    setup.com
    src-release
    symlink-tree
    texinfo/texinfo.tex
    ylwrap
This commit is contained in:
cvs2svn 2003-04-19 00:19:44 +00:00
parent cd4993ccbb
commit 9faf347a36
308 changed files with 0 additions and 101574 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

1469
Makefile.tpl
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

47
README
View File

@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
README for GNU development tools
This directory contains various GNU compilers, assemblers, linkers,
debuggers, etc., plus their support routines, definitions, and documentation.
If you are receiving this as part of a GDB release, see the file gdb/README.
If with a binutils release, see binutils/README; if with a libg++ release,
see libg++/README, etc. That'll give you info about this
package -- supported targets, how to use it, how to report bugs, etc.
It is now possible to automatically configure and build a variety of
tools with one command. To build all of the tools contained herein,
run the ``configure'' script here, e.g.:
./configure
make
To install them (by default in /usr/local/bin, /usr/local/lib, etc),
then do:
make install
(If the configure script can't determine your type of computer, give it
the name as an argument, for instance ``./configure sun4''. You can
use the script ``config.sub'' to test whether a name is recognized; if
it is, config.sub translates it to a triplet specifying CPU, vendor,
and OS.)
If you have more than one compiler on your system, it is often best to
explicitly set CC in the environment before running configure, and to
also set CC when running make. For example (assuming sh/bash/ksh):
CC=gcc ./configure
make
A similar example using csh:
setenv CC gcc
./configure
make
Much of the code and documentation enclosed is copyright by
the Free Software Foundation, Inc. See the file COPYING or
COPYING.LIB in the various directories, for a description of the
GNU General Public License terms under which you can copy the files.
REPORTING BUGS: Again, see gdb/README, binutils/README, etc., for info
on where and how to report problems.

14
README-maintainer-mode
View File

@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
Notes on enabling maintainer mode
Note that if you configure with --enable-maintainer-mode, you will need
special versions of automake, autoconf, libtool and gettext. You will
find the sources for these in ftp://sourceware.cygnus.com/pub/binutils.
Note - "make distclean" does not work with maintainer mode enabled.
The Makefiles in the some of the po/ subdirectories depend upon the
Makefiles in their parent directories, and distclean will delete the
Makefiles in the parent directories before running the Makefiles in
the child directories. There is no easy way around this (short of
changing the automake macros) as these dependencies need to exist in
order to correctly build the NLS files.

843
config-ml.in
View File

@ -1,843 +0,0 @@
# Configure fragment invoked in the post-target section for subdirs
# wanting multilib support.
#
# It is advisable to support a few --enable/--disable options to let the
# user select which libraries s/he really wants.
#
# Subdirectories wishing to use multilib should put the following lines
# in the "post-target" section of configure.in.
#
# if [ "${srcdir}" = "." ] ; then
# if [ "${with_target_subdir}" != "." ] ; then
# . ${with_multisrctop}../../config-ml.in
# else
# . ${with_multisrctop}../config-ml.in
# fi
# else
# . ${srcdir}/../config-ml.in
# fi
#
# See librx/configure.in in the libg++ distribution for an example of how
# to handle autoconf'd libraries.
#
# Things are complicated because 6 separate cases must be handled:
# 2 (native, cross) x 3 (absolute-path, relative-not-dot, dot) = 6.
#
# srcdir=. is special. It must handle make programs that don't handle VPATH.
# To implement this, a symlink tree is built for each library and for each
# multilib subdir.
#
# The build tree is layed out as
#
# ./
# libg++
# newlib
# m68020/
# libg++
# newlib
# m68881/
# libg++
# newlib
#
# The nice feature about this arrangement is that inter-library references
# in the build tree work without having to care where you are. Note that
# inter-library references also work in the source tree because symlink trees
# are built when srcdir=.
#
# Unfortunately, trying to access the libraries in the build tree requires
# the user to manually choose which library to use as GCC won't be able to
# find the right one. This is viewed as the lesser of two evils.
#
# Configure variables:
# ${with_target_subdir} = "." for native, or ${target_alias} for cross.
# Set by top level Makefile.
# ${with_multisrctop} = how many levels of multilibs there are in the source
# tree. It exists to handle the case of configuring in the source tree:
# ${srcdir} is not constant.
# ${with_multisubdir} = name of multilib subdirectory (eg: m68020/m68881).
#
# Makefile variables:
# MULTISRCTOP = number of multilib levels in source tree (+1 if cross)
# (FIXME: note that this is different than ${with_multisrctop}. Check out.).
# MULTIBUILDTOP = number of multilib levels in build tree
# MULTIDIRS = list of multilib subdirs (eg: m68000 m68020 ...)
# (only defined in each library's main Makefile).
# MULTISUBDIR = installed subdirectory name with leading '/' (eg: /m68000)
# (only defined in each multilib subdir).
# FIXME: Multilib is currently disabled by default for everything other than
# newlib. It is up to each target to turn on multilib support for the other
# libraries as desired.
# We have to handle being invoked by both Cygnus configure and Autoconf.
#
# Cygnus configure incoming variables:
# srcdir, subdir, host, arguments
#
# Autoconf incoming variables:
# srcdir, host, ac_configure_args
#
# We *could* figure srcdir and host out, but we'd have to do work that
# our caller has already done to figure them out and requiring these two
# seems reasonable.
# Note that `host' in this case is GCC's `target'. Target libraries are
# configured for a particular host.
if [ -n "${ac_configure_args}" ]; then
Makefile=${ac_file-Makefile}
ml_config_shell=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
ml_arguments="${ac_configure_args}"
ml_realsrcdir=${srcdir}
else
Makefile=${Makefile-Makefile}
ml_config_shell=${config_shell-/bin/sh}
ml_arguments="${arguments}"
if [ -n "${subdir}" -a "${subdir}" != "." ] ; then
ml_realsrcdir=${srcdir}/${subdir}
else
ml_realsrcdir=${srcdir}
fi
fi
# Scan all the arguments and set all the ones we need.
ml_verbose=--verbose
for option in ${ml_arguments}
do
case $option in
--*) ;;
-*) option=-$option ;;
esac
case $option in
--*=*)
optarg=`echo $option | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'`
;;
esac
case $option in
--disable-*)
enableopt=`echo ${option} | sed 's:^--disable-:enable_:;s:-:_:g'`
eval $enableopt=no
;;
--enable-*)
case "$option" in
*=*) ;;
*) optarg=yes ;;
esac
enableopt=`echo ${option} | sed 's:^--::;s:=.*$::;s:-:_:g'`
eval $enableopt="$optarg"
;;
--norecursion | --no*)
ml_norecursion=yes
;;
--silent | --sil* | --quiet | --q*)
ml_verbose=--silent
;;
--verbose | --v | --verb*)
ml_verbose=--verbose
;;
--with-*)
case "$option" in
*=*) ;;
*) optarg=yes ;;
esac
withopt=`echo ${option} | sed 's:^--::;s:=.*$::;s:-:_:g'`
eval $withopt="$optarg"
;;
--without-*)
withopt=`echo ${option} | sed 's:^--::;s:out::;s:-:_:g'`
eval $withopt=no
;;
esac
done
# Only do this if --enable-multilib.
if [ "${enable_multilib}" = yes ]; then
# Compute whether this is the library's top level directory
# (ie: not a multilib subdirectory, and not a subdirectory like libg++/src).
# ${with_multisubdir} tells us we're in the right branch, but we could be
# in a subdir of that.
# ??? The previous version could void this test by separating the process into
# two files: one that only the library's toplevel configure.in ran (to
# configure the multilib subdirs), and another that all configure.in's ran to
# update the Makefile. It seemed reasonable to collapse all multilib support
# into one file, but it does leave us with having to perform this test.
ml_toplevel_p=no
if [ -z "${with_multisubdir}" ]; then
if [ "${srcdir}" = "." ]; then
# Use ${ml_realsrcdir} instead of ${srcdir} here to account for ${subdir}.
# ${with_target_subdir} = "." for native, otherwise target alias.
if [ "${with_target_subdir}" = "." ]; then
if [ -f ${ml_realsrcdir}/../config-ml.in ]; then
ml_toplevel_p=yes
fi
else
if [ -f ${ml_realsrcdir}/../../config-ml.in ]; then
ml_toplevel_p=yes
fi
fi
else
# Use ${ml_realsrcdir} instead of ${srcdir} here to account for ${subdir}.
if [ -f ${ml_realsrcdir}/../config-ml.in ]; then
ml_toplevel_p=yes
fi
fi
fi
# If this is the library's top level directory, set multidirs to the
# multilib subdirs to support. This lives at the top because we need
# `multidirs' set right away.
if [ "${ml_toplevel_p}" = yes ]; then
multidirs=
for i in `${CC-gcc} --print-multi-lib 2>/dev/null`; do
dir=`echo $i | sed -e 's/;.*$//'`
if [ "${dir}" = "." ]; then
true
else
if [ -z "${multidirs}" ]; then
multidirs="${dir}"
else
multidirs="${multidirs} ${dir}"
fi
fi
done
# Target libraries are configured for the host they run on, so we check
# $host here, not $target.
case "${host}" in
arc-*-elf*)
if [ x$enable_biendian != xyes ]
then
old_multidirs=${multidirs}
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "${x}" in
*be*) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
;;
arm-*-*)
if [ x"$enable_fpu" = xno ]
then
old_multidirs=${multidirs}
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "${x}" in
*fpu*) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
if [ x"$enable_26bit" = xno ]
then
old_multidirs=${multidirs}
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "${x}" in
*26bit*) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
if [ x"$enable_underscore" = xno ]
then
old_multidirs=${multidirs}
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "${x}" in
*under*) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
if [ x"$enable_interwork" = xno ]
then
old_multidirs=${multidirs}
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "${x}" in
*interwork*) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
if [ x$enable_biendian = xno ]
then
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*le* ) : ;;
*be* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
if [ x"$enable_nofmult" = xno ]
then
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*nofmult* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
;;
m68*-*-*)
if [ x$enable_softfloat = xno ]
then
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*soft-float* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
if [ x$enable_m68881 = xno ]
then
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*m68881* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
if [ x$enable_m68000 = xno ]
then
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*m68000* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
if [ x$enable_m68020 = xno ]
then
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*m68020* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
;;
mips*-*-*)
if [ x$enable_single_float = xno ]
then
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*single* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
if [ x$enable_biendian = xno ]
then
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*el* ) : ;;
*eb* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
if [ x$enable_softfloat = xno ]
then
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*soft-float* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
case " $multidirs " in
*" mabi=64 "*)
# We will not be able to create libraries with -mabi=64 if
# we cannot even link a trivial program. It usually
# indicates the 64bit libraries are missing.
if echo 'main() {}' > conftest.c &&
${CC-gcc} -mabi=64 conftest.c -o conftest; then
:
else
echo Could not link program with -mabi=64, disabling it.
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*mabi=64* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
rm -f conftest.c conftest
;;
esac
;;
powerpc*-*-* | rs6000*-*-*)
if [ x$enable_softfloat = xno ]
then
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*soft-float* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
if [ x$enable_powercpu = xno ]
then
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
power | */power | */power/* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
if [ x$enable_powerpccpu = xno ]
then
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*powerpc* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
if [ x$enable_powerpcos = xno ]
then
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*mcall-linux* | *mcall-solaris* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
if [ x$enable_biendian = xno ]
then
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*mlittle* | *mbig* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
if [ x$enable_sysv = xno ]
then
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*mcall-sysv* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
if [ x$enable_aix = xno ]
then
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*mcall-aix* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
;;
sparc*-*-*)
case " $multidirs " in
*" m64 "*)
# We will not be able to create libraries with -m64 if
# we cannot even link a trivial program. It usually
# indicates the 64bit libraries are missing.
if echo 'main() {}' > conftest.c &&
${CC-gcc} -m64 conftest.c -o conftest; then
:
else
echo Could not link program with -m64, disabling it.
old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
multidirs=""
for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
case "$x" in
*m64* ) : ;;
*) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
esac
done
fi
rm -f conftest.c conftest
;;
esac
;;
esac
# Remove extraneous blanks from multidirs.
# Tests like `if [ -n "$multidirs" ]' require it.
multidirs=`echo "$multidirs" | sed -e 's/^[ ][ ]*//' -e 's/[ ][ ]*$//' -e 's/[ ][ ]*/ /g'`
# Add code to library's top level makefile to handle building the multilib
# subdirs.
cat > Multi.tem <<\EOF
PWD=$${PWDCMD-pwd}
# FIXME: There should be an @-sign in front of the `if'.
# Leave out until this is tested a bit more.
multi-do:
if [ -z "$(MULTIDIRS)" ]; then \
true; \
else \
rootpre=`${PWD}`/; export rootpre; \
srcrootpre=`cd $(srcdir); ${PWD}`/; export srcrootpre; \
lib=`echo $${rootpre} | sed -e 's,^.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/$$,\1,'`; \
compiler="$(CC)"; \
for i in `$${compiler} --print-multi-lib 2>/dev/null`; do \
dir=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/;.*$$//'`; \
if [ "$${dir}" = "." ]; then \
true; \
else \
if [ -d ../$${dir}/$${lib} ]; then \
flags=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^[^;]*;//' -e 's/@/ -/g'`; \
if (cd ../$${dir}/$${lib}; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) \
CFLAGS="$(CFLAGS) $${flags}" \
prefix="$(prefix)" \
exec_prefix="$(exec_prefix)" \
CXXFLAGS="$(CXXFLAGS) $${flags}" \
LIBCFLAGS="$(LIBCFLAGS) $${flags}" \
LIBCXXFLAGS="$(LIBCXXFLAGS) $${flags}" \
LDFLAGS="$(LDFLAGS) $${flags}" \
DESTDIR="$(DESTDIR)" \
$(DO)); then \
true; \
else \
exit 1; \
fi; \
else true; \
fi; \
fi; \
done; \
fi
# FIXME: There should be an @-sign in front of the `if'.
# Leave out until this is tested a bit more.
multi-clean:
if [ -z "$(MULTIDIRS)" ]; then \
true; \
else \
lib=`${PWD} | sed -e 's,^.*/\([^/][^/]*\)$$,\1,'`; \
for dir in Makefile $(MULTIDIRS); do \
if [ -f ../$${dir}/$${lib}/Makefile ]; then \
if (cd ../$${dir}/$${lib}; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $(DO)); \
then true; \
else exit 1; \
fi; \
else true; \
fi; \
done; \
fi
EOF
cat ${Makefile} Multi.tem > Makefile.tem
rm -f ${Makefile} Multi.tem
mv Makefile.tem ${Makefile}
fi # ${ml_toplevel_p} = yes
if [ "${ml_verbose}" = --verbose ]; then
echo "Adding multilib support to Makefile in ${ml_realsrcdir}"
if [ "${ml_toplevel_p}" = yes ]; then
echo "multidirs=${multidirs}"
fi
echo "with_multisubdir=${with_multisubdir}"
fi
if [ "${srcdir}" = "." ]; then
if [ "${with_target_subdir}" != "." ]; then
ml_srcdotdot="../"
else
ml_srcdotdot=""
fi
else
ml_srcdotdot=""
fi
if [ -z "${with_multisubdir}" ]; then
ml_subdir=
ml_builddotdot=
: # ml_srcdotdot= # already set
else
ml_subdir="/${with_multisubdir}"
# The '[^/][^/]*' appears that way to work around a SunOS sed bug.
ml_builddotdot=`echo ${with_multisubdir} | sed -e 's:[^/][^/]*:..:g'`/
if [ "$srcdir" = "." ]; then
ml_srcdotdot=${ml_srcdotdot}${ml_builddotdot}
else
: # ml_srcdotdot= # already set
fi
fi
if [ "${ml_toplevel_p}" = yes ]; then
ml_do='$(MAKE)'
ml_clean='$(MAKE)'
else
ml_do=true
ml_clean=true
fi
# TOP is used by newlib and should not be used elsewhere for this purpose.
# MULTI{SRC,BUILD}TOP are the proper ones to use. MULTISRCTOP is empty
# when srcdir != builddir. MULTIBUILDTOP is always some number of ../'s.
# FIXME: newlib needs to be updated to use MULTI{SRC,BUILD}TOP so we can
# delete TOP. Newlib may wish to continue to use TOP for its own purposes
# of course.
# MULTIDIRS is non-empty for the cpu top level Makefile (eg: newlib/Makefile)
# and lists the subdirectories to recurse into.
# MULTISUBDIR is non-empty in each cpu subdirectory's Makefile
# (eg: newlib/h8300h/Makefile) and is the installed subdirectory name with
# a leading '/'.
# MULTIDO is used for targets like all, install, and check where
# $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) augmented with the subdir's compiler option is needed.
# MULTICLEAN is used for the *clean targets.
#
# ??? It is possible to merge MULTIDO and MULTICLEAN into one. They are
# currently kept separate because we don't want the *clean targets to require
# the existence of the compiler (which MULTIDO currently requires) and
# therefore we'd have to record the directory options as well as names
# (currently we just record the names and use --print-multi-lib to get the
# options).
sed -e "s:^TOP[ ]*=[ ]*\([./]*\)[ ]*$:TOP = ${ml_builddotdot}\1:" \
-e "s:^MULTISRCTOP[ ]*=.*$:MULTISRCTOP = ${ml_srcdotdot}:" \
-e "s:^MULTIBUILDTOP[ ]*=.*$:MULTIBUILDTOP = ${ml_builddotdot}:" \
-e "s:^MULTIDIRS[ ]*=.*$:MULTIDIRS = ${multidirs}:" \
-e "s:^MULTISUBDIR[ ]*=.*$:MULTISUBDIR = ${ml_subdir}:" \
-e "s:^MULTIDO[ ]*=.*$:MULTIDO = $ml_do:" \
-e "s:^MULTICLEAN[ ]*=.*$:MULTICLEAN = $ml_clean:" \
${Makefile} > Makefile.tem
rm -f ${Makefile}
mv Makefile.tem ${Makefile}
# If this is the library's top level, configure each multilib subdir.
# This is done at the end because this is the loop that runs configure
# in each multilib subdir and it seemed reasonable to finish updating the
# Makefile before going on to configure the subdirs.
if [ "${ml_toplevel_p}" = yes ]; then
# We must freshly configure each subdirectory. This bit of code is
# actually partially stolen from the main configure script. FIXME.
if [ -n "${multidirs}" ] && [ -z "${ml_norecursion}" ]; then
if [ "${ml_verbose}" = --verbose ]; then
echo "Running configure in multilib subdirs ${multidirs}"
echo "pwd: `${PWDCMD-pwd}`"
fi
ml_origdir=`${PWDCMD-pwd}`
ml_libdir=`echo $ml_origdir | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`
# cd to top-level-build-dir/${with_target_subdir}
cd ..
for ml_dir in ${multidirs}; do
if [ "${ml_verbose}" = --verbose ]; then
echo "Running configure in multilib subdir ${ml_dir}"
echo "pwd: `${PWDCMD-pwd}`"
fi
if [ -d ${ml_dir} ]; then true; else
# ``mkdir -p ${ml_dir}'' See also mkinstalldirs.
pathcomp=""
for d in `echo ":${ml_dir}" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`; do
pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
case "$pathcomp" in
-* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
esac
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2
mkdir "$pathcomp" > /dev/null 2>&1 || lasterr=$?
fi
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
exit $lasterr
fi
pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
done
fi
if [ -d ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir} ]; then true; else mkdir ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir}; fi
# Eg: if ${ml_dir} = m68000/m68881, dotdot = ../../
dotdot=../`echo ${ml_dir} | sed -e 's|[^/]||g' -e 's|/|../|g'`
case ${srcdir} in
".")
echo Building symlink tree in `${PWDCMD-pwd}`/${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir}
if [ "${with_target_subdir}" != "." ]; then
ml_unsubdir="../"
else
ml_unsubdir=""
fi
(cd ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir};
../${dotdot}${ml_unsubdir}symlink-tree ../${dotdot}${ml_unsubdir}${ml_libdir} "")
if [ -f ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir}/Makefile ]; then
if [ x"${MAKE}" = x ]; then
(cd ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir}; make distclean)
else
(cd ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir}; ${MAKE} distclean)
fi
fi
ml_newsrcdir="."
ml_srcdiroption=
multisrctop=${dotdot}
;;
*)
case "${srcdir}" in
/*) # absolute path
ml_newsrcdir=${srcdir}
;;
*) # otherwise relative
ml_newsrcdir=${dotdot}${srcdir}
;;
esac
ml_srcdiroption="-srcdir=${ml_newsrcdir}"
multisrctop=
;;
esac
case "${progname}" in
/*) ml_recprog=${progname} ;;
*) ml_recprog=${dotdot}${progname} ;;
esac
# FIXME: POPDIR=${PWD=`pwd`} doesn't work here.
ML_POPDIR=`pwd`
cd ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir}
if [ -f ${ml_newsrcdir}/configure ]; then
ml_recprog="${ml_newsrcdir}/configure --cache-file=../config.cache"
fi
# find compiler flag corresponding to ${ml_dir}
for i in `${CC-gcc} --print-multi-lib 2>/dev/null`; do
dir=`echo $i | sed -e 's/;.*$//'`
if [ "${dir}" = "${ml_dir}" ]; then
flags=`echo $i | sed -e 's/^[^;]*;//' -e 's/@/ -/g'`
break
fi
done
ml_config_env='CC="${CC_}$flags" CXX="${CXX_}$flags"'
if [ "${with_target_subdir}" = "." ]; then
CC_=$CC' '
CXX_=$CXX' '
else
# Create a regular expression that matches any string as long
# as ML_POPDIR.
popdir_rx=`echo ${ML_POPDIR} | sed 's,.,.,g'`
CC_=
for arg in ${CC}; do
case $arg in
-[BIL]"${ML_POPDIR}"/*)
CC_="${CC_}"`echo "X${arg}" | sed -n "s/X\\(-[BIL]${popdir_rx}\\).*/\\1/p"`/${ml_dir}`echo "X${arg}" | sed -n "s/X-[BIL]${popdir_rx}\\(.*\\)/\1/p"`' ' ;;
"${ML_POPDIR}"/*)
CC_="${CC_}"`echo "X${arg}" | sed -n "s/X\\(${popdir_rx}\\).*/\\1/p"`/${ml_dir}`echo "X${arg}" | sed -n "s/X${popdir_rx}\\(.*\\)/\\1/p"`' ' ;;
*)
CC_="${CC_}${arg} " ;;
esac
done
CXX_=
for arg in ${CXX}; do
case $arg in
-[BIL]"${ML_POPDIR}"/*)
CXX_="${CXX_}"`echo "X${arg}" | sed -n "s/X\\(-[BIL]${popdir_rx}\\).*/\\1/p"`/${ml_dir}`echo "X${arg}" | sed -n "s/X-[BIL]${popdir_rx}\\(.*\\)/\\1/p"`' ' ;;
"${ML_POPDIR}"/*)
CXX_="${CXX_}"`echo "X${arg}" | sed -n "s/X\\(${popdir_rx}\\).*/\\1/p"`/${ml_dir}`echo "X${arg}" | sed -n "s/X${popdir_rx}\\(.*\\)/\\1/p"`' ' ;;
*)
CXX_="${CXX_}${arg} " ;;
esac
done
if test "x${LD_LIBRARY_PATH+set}" = xset; then
LD_LIBRARY_PATH_=
for arg in `echo "$LD_LIBRARY_PATH" | tr ':' ' '`; do
case "$arg" in
"${ML_POPDIR}"/*)
arg=`echo "X${arg}" | sed -n "s/X\\(${popdir_rx}\\).*/\\1/p"`/${ml_dir}`echo "X${arg}" | sed -n "s/X${popdir_rx}\\(.*\\)/\\1/p"`
;;
esac
if test "x$LD_LIBRARY_PATH_" != x; then
LD_LIBRARY_PATH_=$LD_LIBRARY_PATH_:$arg
else
LD_LIBRARY_PATH_=$arg
fi
done
ml_config_env="$ml_config_env LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$LD_LIBRARY_PATH_"
fi
if test "x${SHLIB_PATH+set}" = xset; then
SHLIB_PATH_=
for arg in `echo "$SHLIB_PATH" | tr ':' ' '`; do
case "$arg" in
"${ML_POPDIR}"/*)
arg=`echo "X${arg}" | sed -n "s/X\\(${popdir_rx}\\).*/\\1/p"`/${ml_dir}`echo "X${arg}" | sed -n "s/X${popdir_rx}\\(.*\\)/\\1/p"`
;;
esac
if test "x$SHLIB_PATH_" != x; then
SHLIB_PATH_=$SHLIB_PATH_:$arg
else
SHLIB_PATH_=$arg
fi
done
ml_config_env="$ml_config_env SHLIB_PATH=$SHLIB_PATH_"
fi
fi
if eval ${ml_config_env} ${ml_config_shell} ${ml_recprog} \
--with-multisubdir=${ml_dir} --with-multisrctop=${multisrctop} \
${ml_arguments} ${ml_srcdiroption} ; then
true
else
exit 1
fi
cd ${ML_POPDIR}
done
cd ${ml_origdir}
fi
fi # ${ml_toplevel_p} = yes
fi # ${enable_multilib} = yes

1391
config.guess vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

88
config.if
View File

@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
#! /dev/null
# Don't call it directly. This shell script fragment is called to
# determine:
#
# 1. libstcxx_incdir: the interface name for libstdc++.
# 2. libc_interface: the interface name for libc.
#
# Get the top level src dir.
if [ -z "${topsrcdir}" -a -z "${top_srcdir}" ]
then
echo "Undefined top level src dir: topsrcdir and top_srcdir are empty" >&2
exit 1
fi
if [ -n "${topsrcdir}" ]
then
if_topsrcdir=${topsrcdir}
else
if_topsrcdir=${top_srcdir}
fi
# Set libstdcxx_incdir.
# This is the same as gcc/configure.in and libstdc++-v3/acinclude.m4.
if test -z "$gcc_version"; then
if test -z "${gcc_version_trigger}" \
&& test -f ${if_topsrcdir}/gcc/version.c; then
gcc_version_trigger=${if_topsrcdir}/gcc/version.c
fi
if test -f "${gcc_version_trigger}"; then
gcc_version_full=`grep version_string "${gcc_version_trigger}" | sed -e 's/.*"\([^"]*\)".*/\1/'`
else
gcc_version_full=`$CC -v 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^gcc version //p'`
fi
gcc_version=`echo ${gcc_version_full} | sed -e 's/\([^ ]*\) .*/\1/'`
fi
libstdcxx_incdir=c++/${gcc_version}
# The trickiest part is libc_interface.
if [ -z "${libc_interface}" ]
then
case ${target_os} in
*linux*libc1*|*linux*libc5*)
case ${target_alias} in
*alpha*|*powerpc*)
libc_interface=-libc5.9-
;;
*)
libc_interface=-libc5-
;;
esac
;;
*linux*gnu*)
# We have to work harder to figure it out.
if [ ${target_alias} = ${build_alias} ]
then
dummy=if$$
cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
#include <features.h>
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{
printf("%d\n", __GLIBC_MINOR__);
return 0;
}
EOF
${CC-cc} $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null
if [ "$?" = 0 ]
then
libc_interface=-libc6.`./$dummy`-
rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
else
# It should never happen.
echo "Cannot find the GNU C library minor version number." >&2
rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
exit 1
fi
else
# Cross compiling. Assume glibc 2.1.
libc_interface=-libc6.1-
fi
;;
*)
libc_interface=-
;;
esac
fi

1489
config.sub vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

561
config/ChangeLog
View File

@ -1,561 +0,0 @@
2003-03-04 Nathanael Nerode <neroden@gcc.gnu.org>
* mh-dgux: Delete.
2002-12-28 Alexandre Oliva <aoliva@redhat.com>
* acx.m4: Name cache variables properly.
(NCN_STRICT_CHECK_TOOL): If program is not found and
value-if-not-found is empty, use ${ncn_tool_prefix}$2 or $2,
depending on whether build != host or not.
(NCN_STRICT_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL): Ditto, with the target prefix.
2002-12-28 Nathanael Nerode <neroden@gcc.gnu.org>
* acx.m4: New.
* mh-a68bsd, mh-aix386, mh-apollo68, mh-delta88, mh-hp300,
mh-hpux, mh-hpux8, mh-irix5, mh-irix6, mh-ncrsvr43, mh-openedition,
mh-riscos, mh-sysv: Delete.
* mh-cxux, mh-dgux386, mh-interix, mh-lynxrs6k, mh-ncr3000,
mh-necv4, mh-sco, mh-solaris, mh-sysv4, mh-sysv5, mt-v810: Simplify.
2002-12-16 Christopher Faylor <cgf@redhat.com>
* mh-cygwin: Don't build libtermcap if it doesn't exist.
2002-11-23 H.J. Lu <hjl@gnu.org>
* accross.m4: New.
2002-11-10 Stan Shebs <shebs@apple.com>
Retire common MPW configury bits.
* mpw-mh-mpw: Remove.
* mpw: Remove directory along with all of its files.
2002-05-16 Rainer Orth <ro@TechFak.Uni-Bielefeld.DE>
* acinclude.m4: Allow for PWDCMD to override hardcoded pwd.
2002-05-13 Nathanael Nerode <neroden@twcny.rr.com>
* mh-apollo68: remove unused HDEFINES setting.
* mh-dgux: remove unused HDEFINES setting.
* mh-dgux386: remove unused HDEFINES setting, duplicate RANLIB=true.
2002-04-29 Nathanael Nerode <neroden@twcny.rr.com>
* config/mh-cxux: remove dead code
* config/mh-dgux386: remove dead code
* config/mh-hp300: remove dead code
* config/mh-hpux: remove dead code
* config/mh-hpux8: remove dead code
* config/mh-irix5: remove dead code
* config/mh-irix6: remove dead code
* config/mh-ncr3000: remove dead code
* config/mh-ncrsvr43: remove dead code
* config/mh-necv4: remove dead code
* config/mh-sco: remove dead code
* config/mh-solaris: remove dead code
* config/mh-sysv: remove dead code
* config/mh-sysv4: remove dead code
* config/mh-sysv5: remove dead code
* config/mh-irix4: remove, contains only dead code
* config/mt-armpic: Delete.
* config/mt-elfalphapic: Delete.
* config/mt-i370pic: Delete.
* config/mt-ia64pic: Delete.
* config/mt-m68kpic: Delete.
* config/mt-papic: Delete.
* config/mt-ppcpic: Delete.
* config/mt-s390pic: Delete.
* config/mt-sparcpic: Delete.
* config/mt-x86pic: Delete.
2002-04-19 Nathanael Nerode <neroden@twcny.rr.com>
* mh-a68bsd: clean out dead code
* mh-apollo68: clean out dead code
* mh-cxux: clean out dead code
* mh-decstation: clean out dead code
* mh-dgux: clean out dead code
* mh-dgux386: clean out dead code
* mh-hp300: clean out dead code
* mh-hpux: clean out dead code
* mh-hpux8: clean out dead code
* mh-interix: clean out dead code
* mh-irix4: clean out dead code
* mh-lynxrs6k: clean out dead code
* mh-mingw32: clean out dead code
* mh-ncr3000: clean out dead code
* mh-ncrsvr43: clean out dead code
* mh-necv4: clean out dead code
* mh-openedition: clean out dead code
* mh-riscos: clean out dead code
* mh-sco: clean out dead code
* mh-sysv4: clean out dead code
* mh-lynxos: removed, contained only dead code
* mh-vaxult2: removed, contained only dead code
* mh-sun3: removed, contained only dead code
2002-04-15 Keith Seitz <keiths@redhat.com>
* acinclude.m4 (CYG_AC_PATH_TCLCONFIG): Search the win/ directory,
too.
(CYG_AC_PATH_TKCONFIG): Likewise.
2001-10-07 Joseph S. Myers <jsm28@cam.ac.uk>
* acinclude.m4: Fix spelling error of "separate" as "seperate".
2001-05-22 Jason Merrill <jason_merrill@redhat.com>
* mt-linux (CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET): Lose -fvtable-thunks.
2001-01-27 Richard Henderson <rth@redhat.com>
* mt-alphaieee: New file.
2001-01-02 Laurynas Biveinis <lauras@softhome.net>
* mh-djgpp: do not set CFLAGS.
2000-08-04 Mark Elbrecht <snowball3@bigfoot.com>
* mh-djgpp: Conditionally set 'target_alias' to djgpp. Conditionally
modify 'gcc_version'.
2000-07-21 Andrew Haley <aph@cygnus.com>
* mh-ia64pic: New file.
* mt-ia64pic: New file.
2001-02-09 Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
* mh-s390pic: New file.
* mt-s390pic: New file.
2000-07-14 Mark P Mitchell <mark@codesourcery.com>
* mh-irix6 (CC): Don't set it.
2000-06-21 Branko Cibej <branko.cibej@hermes.si>
* mh-sparcpic: Use single instead of double quotes.
* mt-sparcpic: Likewise.
2000-06-19 Syd Polk <spolk@redhat.com>
* acinclude.m4: Updated for Incr Tcl 3.0.
2000-02-23 Linas Vepstas <linas@linas.org>
* mh-i370pic: New file.
* mt-i370pic: New file.
2000-02-22 Nick Clifton <nickc@cygnus.com>
* config/mt-wince: new file: Makefile fragment for WinCE targets.
2000-01-06 Geoff Keating <geoffk@cygnus.com>
* mh-aix43: Delete, move to mt-aix43.
* mt-aix43: New file.
Tue Sep 7 23:31:01 1999 Linas Vepstas <linas@linas.org>
* mh-openedition: New file.
1999-04-07 Michael Meissner <meissner@cygnus.com>
* mt-d30v: New file, pass -g -Os -Wa,-C as default options.
1999-02-08 Syd Polk <spolk@cygnus.com>
* acinclude.m4: Added macros to find itcl files.
Export TCL_CFLAGS from tclConfig.sh.
Export TCL_LIB_FULL_PATH, TK_LIB_FULL_PATH, ITCL_LIB_FULL_PATH,
ITK_LIB_FULL_PATH, and TIX_LIB_FULL_PATH
Replace TIX macros with better ones from snavigator.
Tue Feb 2 22:51:21 1999 Philip Blundell <philb@gnu.org>
* mh-armpic: New file. Patch from Jim Pick <jim@jimpick.com>.
* mt-armpic: Likewise.
Mon Jan 18 19:41:08 1999 Christopher Faylor <cgf@cygnus.com>
* cygwin.mh: Activate commented out dependencies for
gdb: libtermcap.
Wed Nov 18 20:29:46 1998 Christopher Faylor <cgf@cygnus.com>
* cygwin.mh: Add extra libtermcap target information.
Add commented out dependency for gdb to libtermcap for
future readline requirement.
Mon Nov 2 15:15:33 1998 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com>
* mh-cygwin32: delete
* mh-cygwin: was mh-cygwin32
1998-10-26 Syd Polk <spolk@cygnus.com>
* acinclude.m4: TCLHDIR and TKHDIR need to be run through
cygpath for Microsoft builds.
1998-10-20 Syd Polk <spolk@cygnus.com>
* acinclude.m4: Re-exported TCL_LIBS and TCL_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS
because itcl needs them.
Mon Aug 31 17:50:53 1998 David Edelsohn <edelsohn@mhpcc.edu>
* mh-aix43 (NM_FOR_TARGET): Add -X32_64 as well.
Sat Aug 29 14:32:55 1998 David Edelsohn <edelsohn@mhpcc.edu>
* mh-aix43: New file.
Mon Aug 10 00:15:47 1998 HJ Lu (hjl@gnu.org)
* mt-linux (CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET): Add -D_GNU_SOURCE.
1998-05-29 Rob Savoye <rob@chinadoll.cygnus.com>
* acinclude.m4: New collection of generic autoconf macros.
Wed Apr 22 12:24:28 1998 Michael Meissner <meissner@cygnus.com>
* mt-ospace: New file, support using -Os instead of -O2 to compile
the libraries.
Wed Apr 22 10:53:14 1998 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
* mt-linux (CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET): Set this instead of CXXFLAGS.
Sat Apr 11 22:43:17 1998 J. Kean Johnston <jkj@sco.com>
* mh-svsv5: New file - support for SCO UnixWare 7 / SVR5.
Thu Mar 26 01:54:25 1998 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com>
* mh-cygwin32: stop configuring and building dosrel.
Thu Sep 11 16:43:27 1997 Jim Wilson <wilson@cygnus.com>
* mh-elfalphapic, mt-elfalphapic: New files.
Wed Jul 23 12:32:18 1997 Robert Hoehne <robert.hoehne@Mathematik.TU-Chemnitz.DE>
* mh-go32 (CFLAGS): Don't set -fno-omit-frame-pointer.
Mon Jun 16 19:06:41 1997 Geoff Keating <geoffk@ozemail.com.au>
* mh-ppcpic: New file.
* mt-ppcpic: New file.
Thu Mar 27 15:52:40 1997 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com>
* mh-cygwin32: override CXXFLAGS, setting to -O2 only
(no debug)
Tue Mar 25 18:16:43 1997 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com>
* mh-cygwin32: override LIBGCC2_DEBUG_CFLAGS so debug info
isn't included in cygwin32-hosted libgcc2.a by default
Wed Jan 8 19:56:43 1997 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com>
* mh-cygwin32: override CFLAGS so debug info isn't included
in cygwin32-hosted tools by default
Tue Dec 31 16:04:26 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* mh-linux: Remove.
Mon Nov 11 10:29:51 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
* mt-ppc: Delete file, options moved to newlib configure.
Fri Oct 4 12:21:03 1996 Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
* mh-dgux386: New file. x86 dgux specific flags
Mon Sep 30 15:10:07 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
* mpw-mh-mpw (EXTRALIBS_PPC_XCOFF): New, was EXTRALIBS_PPC.
(EXTRALIBS_PPC): Use shared libraries instead of xcoff.
Sat Aug 17 04:56:25 1996 Geoffrey Noer <noer@skaro.cygnus.com>
* mh-cygwin32: don't -D_WIN32 here anymore
Thu Aug 15 19:46:44 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
* mpw-mh-mpw (SEGFLAG_68K, SEGFLAG_PPC): Remove.
(EXTRALIBS_PPC): Add libgcc.xcoff.
Thu Aug 8 14:51:47 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
* mt-ppc: New file, add -mrelocatable-lib and -mno-eabi to all
target builds for PowerPC eabi targets.
Fri Jul 12 12:06:01 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
* mpw: New subdir, Mac MPW configuration support bits.
Mon Jul 8 17:30:52 1996 Jim Wilson <wilson@cygnus.com>
* mh-irix6: New file.
Mon Jul 8 15:15:37 1996 Jason Merrill <jason@yorick.cygnus.com>
* mt-sparcpic (PICFLAG_FOR_TARGET): Use -fPIC.
Fri Jul 5 11:49:02 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* mh-irix4 (RANLIB): Don't define; Irix 4 does have ranlib.
Sun Jun 23 22:59:25 1996 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com>
* mh-cygwin32: new file. Like mh-go32 without the CFLAGS entry.
Tue Mar 26 14:10:41 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* mh-go32 (CFLAGS): Define.
Thu Mar 14 19:20:54 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* mh-necv4: New file.
Thu Feb 15 13:07:43 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* mh-cxux (CC): New variable.
(CFLAGS, LDFLAGS): Remove.
* mh-ncrsvr43 (CC): New variable.
(CFLAGS): Remove.
* mh-solaris (CFLAGS): Remove.
* mh-go32: Remove most variable settings, since they presumed a
Canadian Cross, which is now handled correctly by the configure
script.
* mh-sparcpic (PICFLAG): Set to -fPIC, not -fpic.
Mon Feb 12 14:53:39 1996 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
* mh-m68kpic, mt-m68kpic: New files.
Thu Feb 1 14:15:42 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
* mpw-mh-mpw (CC_MWC68K): Add options similar to those used
in CC_MWCPPC, and -mc68020 -model far.
(AR_MWLINK68K): Add -xm library.
(AR_AR): Define.
(CC_LD_MWLINK68K): Remove -d.
(EXTRALIBS_MWC68K): Define.
Thu Jan 25 16:05:33 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* mh-ncrsvr43 (CFLAGS): Remove -Hnocopyr.
Tue Nov 7 15:41:30 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
* mpw-mh-mpw (CC_MWC68K, CC_MWCPPC): Remove unused include path.
(CC_MWCPPC): Add -mpw_chars, disable warnings, add comments
explaining reasons for various flags.
(EXTRALIBS_PPC, EXTRALIBS_MWCPPC ): Put runtime library first.
Fri Oct 13 14:44:25 1995 Jason Molenda (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
* mh-aix, mh-sun: Removed.
* mh-decstation (X11_EXTRA_CFLAGS): Define.
* mh-sco, mh-solaris, mh-sysv4 (X11_EXTRA_LIBS): Define.
* mh-hp300, mh-hpux, mh-hpux8, mh-solaris, mh-sun3, mh-sysv4: Don't
hardcode location of X stuff here.
Thu Sep 28 13:14:56 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
* mpw-mh-mpw: Add definitions for various 68K and PowerMac
compilers, add definitions for library and link steps for
PowerMacs.
Thu Sep 14 08:20:04 1995 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
* mh-hp300 (CC): Add "CC = cc -Wp,-H256000" to avoid
"too much defining" errors from the HPUX compiler.
Thu Aug 17 17:28:56 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
* mh-hp300 (RANLIB): Use "ar ts", in case GNU ar was used and
didn't build a symbol table.
Thu Jun 22 17:47:24 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
* mpw-mh-mpw (CC): Define ANSI_PROTOTYPES.
Mon Apr 10 12:29:48 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
* mpw-mh-mpw (EXTRALIBS): Always link in Math.o, CSANELIB.o,
and ToolLibs.o.
* mpw-mh-mpw (CC): Define ALMOST_STDC.
(CFLAGS): Remove ALMOST_STDC, -mc68881.
(LDFLAGS): add -w.
* mpw-mh-mpw (CFLAGS): Add -b option to put strings at the ends of
functions.
* mpw-mh-mpw: New file, host makefile definitions for MPW.
Fri Mar 31 11:35:17 1995 Jason Molenda (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
* mt-netware: New file.
Mon Mar 13 12:31:29 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* mh-hpux8: New file.
* mh-hpux: Use X11R5 rather than X11R4.
Thu Feb 9 11:04:13 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* mh-linux (SYSV): Don't define.
(RANLIB): Don't define.
Wed Jan 11 16:29:34 1995 Jason Merrill <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
* m?-*pic (LIBCXXFLAGS): Add -fno-implicit-templates.
Thu Nov 3 17:27:19 1994 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
* mh-irix4 (CC): Increase maximum string length.
* mh-sco (CC): Define away const, it doesn't work right; elements
of arrays of ptr-to-const are considered const themselves.
Sat Jul 16 12:17:49 1994 Stan Shebs (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
* mh-cxux: New file, from Bob Rusk (rrusk@mail.csd.harris.com).
Sat Jun 4 17:22:12 1994 Per Bothner (bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com)
* mh-ncrsvr43: New file from Tom McConnell
<tmcconne@sedona.intel.com>.
Thu May 19 00:32:11 1994 Jeff Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
* mh-hpux (CC): Add -Wp,-H256000 to avoid "too much defining"
errors from the HPUX 8 compilers.
Wed May 4 20:14:47 1994 D. V. Henkel-Wallace (gumby@cygnus.com)
* mh-lynxrs6k: set SHELL to /bin/bash
Tue Apr 12 12:38:17 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
* mh-irix4 (CC): Change -XNh1500 to -XNh2000.
Sat Dec 25 20:03:45 1993 Jeffrey A. Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
* mt-hppa: Delete.
Tue Nov 16 22:54:39 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* mh-a68bsd: Define CC to gcc.
Mon Nov 15 16:56:51 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* mh-linux: Don't put -static in LDFLAGS. Add comments.
Mon Nov 15 13:37:58 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@cirdan.cygnus.com)
* mh-sysv4 (AR_FLAGS): change from cq to cr
Fri Nov 5 08:12:32 1993 D. V. Henkel-Wallace (gumby@blues.cygnus.com)
* mh-unixware: remove. It's the same as sysv4, and config.guess
can't tell the difference. So don't allow skew.
Wed Oct 20 20:35:14 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* mh-hp300: Revert yesterday's change, but add comment explaining.
Tue Oct 19 18:58:21 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* mh-hp300: Don't define CFLAGS to empty. Why should hp300 be
different from anything else? ("gdb doesn't understand the native
debug format" isn't a good enough answer because we might be using
gcc).
Tue Oct 5 12:17:40 1993 Peter Schauer (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
* mh-alphaosf: Remove, no longer necessary now that gdb knows
how to handle OSF/1 shared libraries.
Tue Jul 6 11:27:33 1993 Steve Chamberlain (sac@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
* mh-alphaosf: New file.
Thu Jul 1 15:49:33 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* mh-riscos: New file.
Mon Jun 14 12:03:18 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at rtl.cygnus.com)
* mh-aix, mh-aix386, mh-decstation, mh-delta88, mh-hpux, mh-irix4,
mh-ncr3000, mh-solaris, mh-sysv, mh-sysv4: remove INSTALL=cp line,
now that we're using install.sh globally
Fri Jun 4 16:09:34 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
* mh-sysv4 (INSTALL): Use cp, not /usr/ucb/install.
Thu Apr 8 11:21:52 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
* mt-a29k, mt-ebmon29k, mt-os68k, mt-ose68000, mt-ose68k,
mt-vxworks68, mt-vxworks960: Removed obsolete, unused target
Makefile fragment files.
Mon Mar 8 15:05:25 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
* mh-aix386: New file; old mh-aix, plus no-op RANLIB.
Thu Oct 1 13:50:48 1992 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* mh-solaris: INSTALL is NOT /usr/ucb/install
Mon Aug 24 14:25:35 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
* mt-ose68000, mt-ose68k: renamed from mt-OSE*.
Tue Jul 21 02:11:01 1992 D. V. Henkel-Wallace (gumby@cygnus.com)
* mt-OSE68k, mt-680000: new configs.
Thu Jul 16 17:12:09 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
* mh-irix4: merged changes from progressive.
Tue Jun 9 23:29:38 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
* Everywhere: Change RANLIB=echo>/dev/null (which confuses
some shells - and I don't blame them) to RANLIB=true.
* mh-solaris: Use /usr/ucb/install for INSTALL.
Sun May 31 14:45:23 1992 Mark Eichin (eichin at cygnus.com)
* mh-solaris2: Add new configuration for Solaris 2 (sysv, no ranlib)
Fri Apr 10 23:10:08 1992 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com)
* mh-ncr3000: Add new configuration for NCR 3000.
Tue Dec 10 00:10:55 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
* ChangeLog: fresh changelog.

98
config/accross.m4
View File

@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
AC_DEFUN([AC_COMPILE_CHECK_SIZEOF],
[changequote(<<, >>)dnl
dnl The name to #define.
define(<<AC_TYPE_NAME>>, translit(sizeof_$1, [a-z *], [A-Z_P]))dnl
dnl The cache variable name.
define(<<AC_CV_NAME>>, translit(ac_cv_sizeof_$1, [ *], [_p]))dnl
changequote([, ])dnl
AC_MSG_CHECKING(size of $1)
AC_CACHE_VAL(AC_CV_NAME,
[for ac_size in 4 8 1 2 16 12 $2 ; do # List sizes in rough order of prevalence.
AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
$2
], [switch (0) case 0: case (sizeof ($1) == $ac_size):;], AC_CV_NAME=$ac_size)
if test x$AC_CV_NAME != x ; then break; fi
done
])
if test x$AC_CV_NAME = x ; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot determine a size for $1])
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT($AC_CV_NAME)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(AC_TYPE_NAME, $AC_CV_NAME, [The number of bytes in type $1])
undefine([AC_TYPE_NAME])dnl
undefine([AC_CV_NAME])dnl
])
AC_DEFUN([AC_C_BIGENDIAN_CROSS],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether byte ordering is bigendian, ac_cv_c_bigendian,
[ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown
# See if sys/param.h defines the BYTE_ORDER macro.
AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>], [
#if !BYTE_ORDER || !BIG_ENDIAN || !LITTLE_ENDIAN
bogus endian macros
#endif], [# It does; now see whether it defined to BIG_ENDIAN or not.
AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>], [
#if BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN
not big endian
#endif], ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes, ac_cv_c_bigendian=no)])
if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
AC_TRY_RUN([main () {
/* Are we little or big endian? From Harbison&Steele. */
union
{
long l;
char c[sizeof (long)];
} u;
u.l = 1;
exit (u.c[sizeof (long) - 1] == 1);
}], ac_cv_c_bigendian=no, ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes,
[ echo $ac_n "cross-compiling... " 2>&AC_FD_MSG ])
fi])
if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING(to probe for byte ordering)
[
cat >conftest.c <<EOF
short ascii_mm[] = { 0x4249, 0x4765, 0x6E44, 0x6961, 0x6E53, 0x7953, 0 };
short ascii_ii[] = { 0x694C, 0x5454, 0x656C, 0x6E45, 0x6944, 0x6E61, 0 };
void _ascii() { char* s = (char*) ascii_mm; s = (char*) ascii_ii; }
short ebcdic_ii[] = { 0x89D3, 0xE3E3, 0x8593, 0x95C5, 0x89C4, 0x9581, 0 };
short ebcdic_mm[] = { 0xC2C9, 0xC785, 0x95C4, 0x8981, 0x95E2, 0xA8E2, 0 };
void _ebcdic() { char* s = (char*) ebcdic_mm; s = (char*) ebcdic_ii; }
int main() { _ascii (); _ebcdic (); return 0; }
EOF
] if test -f conftest.c ; then
if ${CC-cc} ${CFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest.o && test -f conftest.o ; then
if test `grep -l BIGenDianSyS conftest.o` ; then
echo $ac_n ' big endian probe OK, ' 1>&AC_FD_MSG
ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
fi
if test `grep -l LiTTleEnDian conftest.o` ; then
echo $ac_n ' little endian probe OK, ' 1>&AC_FD_MSG
if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = yes ; then
ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown;
else
ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
fi
fi
echo $ac_n 'guessing bigendian ... ' >&AC_FD_MSG
fi
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_cv_c_bigendian)
fi
if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(WORDS_BIGENDIAN, 1, [whether byteorder is bigendian])
AC_DEFINE(HOST_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN, 1,
[Define if the host machine stores words of multi-word integers in
big-endian order.])
BYTEORDER=4321
else
BYTEORDER=1234
fi
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(BYTEORDER, $BYTEORDER, [1234 = LIL_ENDIAN, 4321 = BIGENDIAN])
if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
AC_MSG_ERROR(unknown endianess - sorry, please pre-set ac_cv_c_bigendian)
fi
])

2023
config/acinclude.m4
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

81
config/acx.m4
View File

@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
# Autoconf M4 include file defining utility macros for complex Canadian
# cross builds.
####
# _NCN_TOOL_PREFIXES: Some stuff that oughtta be done in AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
# or AC_INIT.
# These demand that AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM be called beforehand.
AC_DEFUN([_NCN_TOOL_PREFIXES],
[ncn_tool_prefix=
test -n "$host_alias" && ncn_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
ncn_target_tool_prefix=
test -n "$target_alias" && ncn_target_tool_prefix=$target_alias-
]) []dnl # _NCN_TOOL_PREFIXES
####
# NCN_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL(variable, prog-to-check-for,[value-if-not-found],[path])
# Like AC_CHECK_TOOL, but tries a prefix of the target, not the host.
# Code is pretty much lifted from autoconf2.53.
AC_DEFUN([NCN_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL],
[AC_REQUIRE([_NCN_TOOL_PREFIXES]) []dnl
if test -n "$ncn_target_tool_prefix"; then
AC_CHECK_PROG([$1], [${ncn_target_tool_prefix}$2],
[${ncn_target_tool_prefix}$2], , [$4])
fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_$1" ; then
ncn_cv_$1=$$1
AC_CHECK_PROG([ncn_cv_$1], [$2], [$2], [$3], [$4])
$1=$ncn_cv_$1
else
$1="$ac_cv_prog_$1"
fi
]) []dnl # NCN_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL
####
# NCN_STRICT_CHECK_TOOL(variable, prog-to-check-for,[value-if-not-found],[path])
# Like AC_CHECK_TOOL, but requires the prefix if build!=host.
AC_DEFUN([NCN_STRICT_CHECK_TOOL],
[AC_REQUIRE([_NCN_TOOL_PREFIXES]) []dnl
if test -n "$ncn_tool_prefix"; then
AC_CHECK_PROG([$1], [${ncn_tool_prefix}$2],
[${ncn_tool_prefix}$2], , [$4])
fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_$1" ; then
if test $build = $host ; then
ncn_cv_$1=$$1
AC_CHECK_PROG([ncn_cv_$1], [$2], [$2], [ifelse([$3],[],[$2],[$3])], [$4])
$1=$ncn_cv_$1
else
$1="ifelse([$3],[],[${ncn_tool_prefix}$2],[$3])"
fi
else
$1="$ac_cv_prog_$1"
fi
]) []dnl # NCN_STRICT_CHECK_TOOL
####
# NCN_STRICT_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL(variable, prog-to-check-for,[value-if-not-found],[path])
# Like NCN_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL, but requires the prefix if build!=target.
AC_DEFUN([NCN_STRICT_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL],
[AC_REQUIRE([_NCN_TOOL_PREFIXES]) []dnl
if test -n "$ncn_target_tool_prefix"; then
AC_CHECK_PROG([$1], [${ncn_target_tool_prefix}$2],
[${ncn_target_tool_prefix}$2], , [$4])
fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_$1" ; then
if test $build = $target ; then
ncn_cv_$1=$$1
AC_CHECK_PROG([ncn_cv_$1], [$2], [$2], [ifelse([$3],[],[$2],[$3])], [$4])
$1=$ncn_cv_$1
else
$1="ifelse([$3],[],[${ncn_target_tool_prefix}$2],[$3])"
fi
else
$1="$ac_cv_prog_$1"
fi
]) []dnl # NCN_STRICT_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL

1
config/mh-armpic
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
PICFLAG=-fPIC

5
config/mh-cxux
View File

@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
# Configuration for Harris CX/UX 7 (and maybe 6), based on sysv4 configuration.
# The l flag generates a warning from the SVR4 archiver, remove it.
AR_FLAGS = cq

6
config/mh-cygwin
View File

@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
EXTRA_TARGET_HOST_ALL_MODULES=maybe-all-libtermcap
EXTRA_TARGET_HOST_INSTALL_MODULES=maybe-install-libtermcap
all-gdb: maybe-all-libtermcap
install-gdb: maybe-all-libtermcap

3
config/mh-decstation
View File

@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
# for X11, since the native DECwindows include files are really broken when
# it comes to function prototypes.
X11_EXTRA_CFLAGS = "-DNeedFunctionPrototypes=0"

5
config/mh-dgux386
View File

@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
# The l flag generates a warning from the SVR4 archiver, remove it.
AR_FLAGS = cr
X11_EXTRA_LIBS = -lnsl

14
config/mh-djgpp
View File

@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
# Shorten the target alias so when it is used to set 'libsubdir'
# the name will work in both short and long filename environments.
ifeq ($(findstring -pc-msdosdjgpp,$(target_alias)),-pc-msdosdjgpp)
target_alias=djgpp
endif
# The version string must be modified to contain just one dot
# because DOS filenames can only have one dot when long filenames
# are not available.
__version:=$(gcc_version)
__version:=$(subst ., ,$(__version))
ifeq ($(words $(__version)),3)
gcc_version=$(word 1,$(__version)).$(word 2,$(__version))$(word 3,$(__version))
endif

1
config/mh-elfalphapic
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
PICFLAG=-fPIC

1
config/mh-i370pic
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
PICFLAG=-fPIC

1
config/mh-ia64pic
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
PICFLAG=-fpic

7
config/mh-interix
View File

@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
# The shell may not be in /bin.
SHELL = sh
# We also need to override LIBGCC2_DEBUG_CFLAGS so libgcc2 will be
# built without debugging information
LIBGCC2_DEBUG_CFLAGS=

2
config/mh-lynxrs6k
View File

@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
# /bin/sh is too buggy, so use /bin/bash instead.
SHELL = /bin/bash

1
config/mh-m68kpic
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
PICFLAG=-fpic

7
config/mh-mingw32
View File

@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
# We also need to override LIBGCC2_DEBUG_CFLAGS so libgcc2 will be
# built without debugging information
LIBGCC2_DEBUG_CFLAGS=
# custom installation rules for mingw32 (append .exe to binaries, etc.)
# INSTALL_DOSREL=install-dosrel

4
config/mh-ncr3000
View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
# Host configuration file for an NCR 3000 (i486/SVR4) system.
# The l flag generates a warning from the SVR4 archiver, remove it.
AR_FLAGS = cq

4
config/mh-necv4
View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
# Host Makefile fragment for NEC MIPS SVR4.
# NEC -lX11 needs some other libraries.
X11_EXTRA_LIBS = -lsocket -lnsl

1
config/mh-papic
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
PICFLAG=-fPIC

1
config/mh-ppcpic
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
PICFLAG=-fPIC

1
config/mh-s390pic
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
PICFLAG=-fpic

4
config/mh-sco
View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
# You may need this if you don't have bison.
# BISON = yacc -Sm10400
X11_EXTRA_LIBS = -lsocket -lm -lintl -lmalloc

2
config/mh-solaris
View File

@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
# Makefile changes for Suns running Solaris 2
X11_EXTRA_LIBS = -lnsl -lsocket

1
config/mh-sparcpic
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
PICFLAG=`case '${LIBCFLAGS} ${LIBCXXFLAGS}' in *-fpic* ) echo -fpic ;; * ) echo -fPIC ;; esac`

4
config/mh-sysv4
View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
# The l flag generates a warning from the SVR4 archiver, remove it.
AR_FLAGS = cr
X11_EXTRA_LIBS = -lnsl

4
config/mh-sysv5
View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
# The l flag generates a warning from the SVR4 archiver, remove it.
AR_FLAGS = cr
X11_EXTRA_LIBS = -lnsl

1
config/mh-x86pic
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
PICFLAG=-fpic

2
config/mt-alphaieee
View File

@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
CFLAGS_FOR_TARGET += -mieee
CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET += -mieee

4
config/mt-d30v
View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
# Build libraries optimizing for space, not speed.
# Turn off warnings about symbols named the same as registers
CFLAGS_FOR_TARGET = -g -Os -Wa,-C
CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET = -g -Os -Wa,-C

1
config/mt-linux
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET = $(CXXFLAGS) -D_GNU_SOURCE

1
config/mt-netware
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
GDB_NLM_DEPS = all-gcc all-ld

3
config/mt-ospace
View File

@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
# Build libraries optimizing for space, not speed.
CFLAGS_FOR_TARGET = -g -Os
CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET = -g -Os

3
config/mt-v810
View File

@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
CC_FOR_TARGET = ca732 -ansi
AS_FOR_TARGET = as732
AR_FOR_TARGET = ar732

10
config/mt-wince
View File

@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
# For Windows CE, we need to build the program that converts, copies,
# and renames the platform SDK files into gcc directories.
EXTRA_TARGET_HOST_ALL_MODULES:=$(EXTRA_TARGET_HOST_ALL_MODULES) all-utils
EXTRA_TARGET_HOST_INSTALL_MODULES:=$(EXTRA_TARGET_HOST_INSTALL_MODULES) install-utils
all-utils : all-libiberty
install-utils : all-libiberty

4254
configure vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2087
configure.in
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

52
djunpack.bat
View File

@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
@echo off
Rem
Rem WARNING WARNING WARNING: This file needs to have DOS CRLF end-of-line
Rem format, or else stock DOS/Windows shells will refuse to run it.
Rem
Rem This batch file unpacks the GDB distribution while simultaneously
Rem renaming some of the files whose names are invalid on DOS or conflict
Rem with other file names after truncation to DOS 8+3 namespace.
Rem
Rem Invoke like this:
Rem
Rem djunpack gdb-XYZ.tar
Rem
Rem where XYZ is the version number. If the argument includes leading
Rem directories, it MUST use backslashes, not forward slashes.
Rem
Rem The following 2 lines need to be changed with each new GDB release, to
Rem be identical to the name of the top-level directory where the GDB
Rem distribution unpacks itself.
set GDBVER=gdb-5.0
if "%GDBVER%"=="gdb-5.0" GoTo EnvOk
Rem If their environment space is too small, re-exec with a larger one
command.com /e:4096 /c %0 %1
GoTo End
:EnvOk
if not exist %1 GoTo NoArchive
djtar -x -p -o %GDBVER%/gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst %1 > fnchange.tmp
Rem The following uses a feature of COPY whereby it does not copy
Rem empty files. We need that because the previous line will create
Rem an empty fnchange.tmp even if the command failed for some reason.
copy fnchange.tmp junk.tmp > nul
if not exist junk.tmp GoTo NoDjTar
del junk.tmp
sed -e 's,@V@,%GDBVER%,g' < fnchange.tmp > fnchange.lst
Rem See the comment above about the reason for using COPY.
copy fnchange.lst junk.tmp > nul
if not exist junk.tmp GoTo NoSed
del junk.tmp
djtar -x -n fnchange.lst %1
GoTo End
:NoSed
echo FAIL: Sed is not available.
GoTo End
:NoDjTar
echo FAIL: DJTAR is not available or no fnchange.lst file in %1.
GoTo End
:NoArchive
echo FAIL: the file %1 does not seem to exist.
echo Remember that %1 cannot use forward slashes, only backslashes.
GoTo End
:End
set GDBVER=

557
etc/ChangeLog
View File

@ -1,557 +0,0 @@
2003-01-02 H.J. Lu <hjl@gnu.org>
* Makefile.in (DESTDIR): New.
(install-info): Use it.
2002-06-11 Nick Clifton <nickc@cambridge.redhat.com>
Import the following patches from the FSF GCC sources:
2002-03-25 Zack Weinberg <zack@codesourcery.com>
* texi2pod.pl: Handle @end ftable and @end vtable.
2001-12-12 Matthias Klose <doko@debian.org>
* texi2pod.pl: Merge changes from binutils' texi2pod.pl. Allows
generation of more than one man page from one source.
Add '-' to set of valid chars for an identifier.
Let -D option accept flags of the form <flag>=<value>.
Use \s+ for whitespace detection in '@c man' lines.
Handle @set and @clear independent of $output.
Substitute all @value{}'s in a line.
2001-11-14 Joseph S. Myers <jsm28@cam.ac.uk>
* texi2pod.pl: Handle @ifnottex, @iftex and @display. Handle @var
in verbatim blocks specially. Handle @unnumbered, @unnumberedsec
and @center. Allow [a-z] after @enumerate. Handle 0 and numbers
greater than 9 in enumerations.
2001-07-03 Joseph S. Myers <jsm28@cam.ac.uk>
* texi2pod.pl: Handle @r inside @item.
2002-02-27 Andrew Cagney <ac131313@redhat.com>
* fdl.texi: New file.
2002-02-24 Andrew Cagney <ac131313@redhat.com>
* standards.texi: Import February 14, 2002 version.
* make-stds.texi: Import 2001 version.
2002-01-26 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hp@bitrange.com>
* Makefile.in (install): Depend on install-info.
2001-03-25 Stephane Carrez <Stephane.Carrez@worldnet.fr>
* texi2pod.pl: New file (from gcc/contrib).
1999-04-01 Jim Blandy <jimb@zwingli.cygnus.com>
* add-log.el, add-log.vi: New files.
1999-01-20 Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
* comp-tools-verify: Remove some checks that are no longer valid.
1998-12-03 Nick Clifton <nickc@cygnus.com>
* targetdoc/fr30.texi: New document.
1998-10-01 Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
* comp-tools-fix, cross-tools-fix: Replace /usr/include
with ${FIXINCDIR}.
1998-08-11 Doug Evans <devans@canuck.cygnus.com>
* make-rel-sym-tree (version): Update calculation.
1998-06-12 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* configure.texi: Various additions.
* Makefile.in (TEXI2HTML, DVIPS): New variables.
(standards.ps): New target.
(configure.dvi): Copy .tin files in as well.
(configure.ps, configure.html): New targets.
(clean): Remove configdev.jpg and configbuild.jpg.
* configdev.fig: New file.
* configdev.ein: New file (EPS version of configdev.fig).
* configdev.jin: New file (JPEG version of configdev.fig).
* configbuild.fig: New file.
* configbuild.ein: New file (EPS version of configbuild.fig).
* configbuild.jin: New file (JPEG version of configbuild.fig).
1998-06-10 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* configure.texi: New file.
* configdev.tin: New file.
* configbuild.tin: New file.
* Makefile.in (MAKEINFO): Use makeinfo from texinfo directory if
it exists.
(TEXI2DVI): Likewise for texi2dvi.
(INFOFILES): Add configure.info.
(DVIFILES): Add configure.dvi.
(info): Only build info files if the source files exist.
(install-info): Only install info files if they exist.
(dvi): Only build DVI files if the sources files exist.
(configure.info): New target.
(configure.dvi): New target.
(clean): Remove configdev and configbuild derived files.
Remove obsolete documentation.
* intro.texi: Remove.
* install.texi: Remove.
* config-names.texi: Remove.
* screen1.eps: Remove.
* screen1.obj: Remove.
* screen2.eps: Remove.
* screen2.obj: Remove.
* Makefile.in: Remove references to the above.
Thu May 21 14:34:51 1998 Nick Clifton <nickc@cygnus.com>
* targetdoc/arm-interwork.texi: Add note about ignoring linker
warning message when using --support-old-code.
Mon May 18 14:27:37 1998 Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
* Install.in, comp-tools-fix, comp-tools-verify, cross-tools-fix:
Use $GCCvn rather than substitute everywhere.
Thu May 14 14:43:10 1998 Nick Clifton <nickc@cygnus.com>
* targetdoc/arm-interwork.texi: Document dlltool support of
interworking.
Thu May 7 16:49:38 1998 Jason Molenda (crash@bugshack.cygnus.com)
* Install.in: Remove references to TCL_LIBRARY, TK_LIBRARY,
and GDBTK_FILENAME.
Wed Apr 1 17:11:44 1998 Nick Clifton <nickc@cygnus.com>
* targetdoc/arm-interwork.texi: Document ARM/thumb interworking.
Tue Mar 31 15:28:20 1998 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* standards.texi, make-stds.texi: Update to current FSF versions.
* Makefile.in (standards.info): Depend upon make-std.texi.
Tue Mar 24 16:13:26 1998 Stu Grossman <grossman@bhuna.cygnus.co.uk>
* configure: Regenerate with autoconf 2.12.1 to fix shell issues
for NT native builds.
Mon Mar 9 16:41:04 1998 Doug Evans <devans@canuck.cygnus.com>
* make-rel-sym-tree (binprogs): Add objcopy.
Tue Feb 24 18:11:58 1998 Doug Evans <devans@canuck.cygnus.com>
* make-rel-sym-tree: as.new -> as-new, ld.new -> ld-new
nm.new -> nm-new. Make symlinks to crt*.o.
Fri Nov 21 12:54:58 1997 Manfred Hollstein <manfred@s-direktnet.de>
* Makefile.in: Add --no-split argument to avoid creating files
with names longer than 14 characters.
Thu Sep 25 13:13:11 1997 Jason Molenda (crash@pern.cygnus.com)
* intro.texi: Add closing ifset.
Mon Sep 1 10:31:32 1997 Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
* Install.in: Move setting HOST and TARGET to the beginning
of the file for editing convenience.
Mon Sep 1 10:28:37 1997 Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
* Install.in.: More friendly options/messages when extracting
from a file instead of a tape device.
Tue Jun 17 15:50:23 1997 Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
* Install.in: Add /usr/bsd to PATH for Irix (home of compress)
Thu Jun 12 13:47:00 1997 Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
* Install.in (show_exec_prefix_msg): fix quoting
Wed Jun 4 15:31:43 1997 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
* rebuilding.texi: Removed.
Sat May 24 18:02:20 1997 Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
* cross-tools-fix: Remove host check since it doesn't matter
for this case.
* Install.in (guess_system): clean up more unused hosts.
* Install.in, cross-tools-fix, comp-tools-fix, comp-tools-verify:
Hack for host check to not warn the user for certain cases.
Fri May 23 23:46:10 1997 Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
* subst-strings: Remove a lot of unused code
* Install.in: Remove reference to TAPEdflt, use variables instead of
string substitution when able.
Fri Apr 11 17:25:52 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* configure.in: Change file named in AC_INIT to Makefile.in.
* configure: Rebuild.
Fri Apr 11 18:12:42 1997 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
* Install.in (guess_system): Back out change to INSTALLHOST to
call all IRIX systems "mips-sgi-irix4"
* Makefile.in: Remove references to configure.texi and cfg-paper.texi.
Thu Apr 10 23:26:45 1997 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
* srctree.texi, emacs-relnotes.texi, cfg-paper.texi: Remove.
* Install.in: Remove Ultrix-specific hacks.
Update Cygnus phone numbers.
(guess_system): Remove some old systems (Ultrix, OSF1 v1 & 2,
m68k-HPUX, m68k SunOS, etc.)
(show_gnu_root_msg): Remove.
Removed all the remove option code.
Thu Apr 10 23:23:33 1997 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
* configure.man, configure.texi: Remote.
Mon Apr 7 18:15:00 1997 Brendan Kehoe <brendan@cygnus.com>
* Fix the version string for OSF1 4.0 to recognize either
V4.* or X4.*
Mon Apr 7 15:34:47 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* standards.texi, make-stds.texi: Update to current FSF versions.
Tue Nov 19 15:36:14 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
* make-rel-sym-tree: New file.
Wed Oct 23 00:34:07 1996 Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
* Lots of patches from progressive...
* Install.in: restore DDOPTS for AIX 4.x
* Install.in, subst-strings: add case for DG Aviion
* subst-strings: fix typo in INSTALLdir var setting
* comp-tools-verify: set SHLIB_PATH for shared libs
* Install.in, subst-strings: add case for solaris2.5
* Install.in: fix regression for hppa1.1 check
* comp-tools-fix: set LD_LIBRARY_PATH
* comp-tools-fix: If fixincludes fixes /usr/include/limits.h,
install it as syslimits.h.
Wed Oct 16 19:20:42 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
* Install.in (guess_system): Treat powerpc-ibm-aix4.1 the same as
rs6000-ibm-aix4.1, since the compiler now uses common mode by
default.
Wed Oct 2 15:39:07 1996 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
* configure.in (AC_PROG_INSTALL): Added.
* Makefile.in (distclean): Remove config.cache.
Wed Oct 2 14:33:58 1996 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
* configure.in: Switch to autoconf configure.in.
* configure: New.
* Makefile.in: Use autoconf-substituted values.
Tue Jun 25 18:56:08 1996 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
* Makefile.in (datadir): Changed to $(prefix)/share.
Fri Mar 29 11:38:01 1996 J.T. Conklin (jtc@lisa.cygnus.com)
* configure.man: Changed to be recognized by catman -w on Solaris.
Wed Dec 6 15:40:28 1995 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
* comp-tools-fix (fixincludes): Define FIXPROTO_DEFINES from
.../install-tools/fixproto-defines.
Sun Nov 12 19:31:27 1995 Jason Molenda (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
* comp-tools-verify (verify_cxx_initializers): delete argv,
argc declarations, add -static to compile line.
(verify_cxx_hello_world): delete argv, argc declarations, add
-static to compile line.
Wed Sep 20 13:21:52 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): New target, synonym for
realclean.
Mon Aug 28 17:25:49 1995 Jason Molenda (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
* Install.in (PATH): add /usr/ucb to $PATH (for SunOS 4.1.x).
Tue Aug 15 21:51:58 1995 Jason Molenda (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
* Install.in (guess_system): Match OSF/1 v3.x as the same as
v2.x--v2.x binaries are upward compatible.
Tue Aug 15 21:46:54 1995 Jason Molenda (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
* Install.in (guess_system): recognize HP 9000/800 systems as the
same as HP 9000/700 systems.
Tue Aug 8 13:11:56 1995 Brendan Kehoe <brendan@lisa.cygnus.com>
* Install.in: For emacs, run show_emacs_alternate_msg and exit.
(show_emacs_alternate_msg): New message saying how emacs can't be
installed in an alternate prefix.
Thu Jun 8 00:42:56 1995 Angela Marie Thomas <angela@cirdan.cygnus.com>
* subst-strings: change du commands to $BINDIR/. & $SRCDIR/. just
in case they are symlinks.
Tue Apr 18 14:23:10 1995 J.T. Conklin <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
* cdk-fix: Extracted table of targets that don't need their
headers fixed from gcc's configure script.
* cdk-fix, cdk-verify: Use ${HOST} instead of ||HOSTstr||
* cdk-fix, cdk-verify: New files, install script fragments used
for Cygnus Developer's Kit.
* Install.in (do_mkdir): New function.
* Install.in: Added support for --with and --without options.
Changed so that tape commands are not run when extracting
from a file.
(do_mt): Changed to take only one argument.
Wed Mar 29 11:16:38 1995 Jason Molenda (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
* Install.in: catch UNAME==alpha-dec-osf2.x and correct entry for
alpha-dec-osf1.x
Fri Jan 27 12:04:29 1995 J.T. Conklin <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
* subst-strings (mips-sgi-irix5): New entry in table.
Thu Jan 19 12:15:44 1995 J.T. Conklin <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
* Install.in: Major rewrite, bundle dependent code (for example,
fixincludes for comp-tools) will be inserted into the Install
script when it is generated.
Tue Jan 17 16:51:32 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
* Makefile.in (Makefile): Rebuild using $(SHELL).
Thu Nov 3 19:30:33 1994 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
* Makefile.in (install-info): Depend on info.
Fri Aug 19 16:16:38 1994 Jason Molenda (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
* Install.in: set $FIX_HEADER so fixproto can find fix-header.
Fri May 6 16:18:58 1994 Jason Molenda (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in (install-info): add a semicolon in the if statement.
Fri Apr 29 16:56:07 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
* cfg-paper.texi: Update some outdated information.
* Makefile.in (install-info): Pass file, not directory, as last
arg to INSTALL_DATA.
(uninstall): New target.
Thu Apr 28 14:42:22 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
* configure.texi: Comment out @smallbook.
* Makefile.in: Define TEXI2DVI and TEXIDIR, and use the latter.
Remove info files in realclean, not clean, per coding standards.
Remove TeX output in clean.
Tue Apr 26 17:18:03 1994 Jason Molenda (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
* Install.in: fixincludes output is actually put in fixincludes.log,
but echo'ed messages claim it is fixinc.log. This is the same
messages as I logged in March 4 1994, but for some reason we found
the change hadn't been done. I'll have to dig through the logs
and find out what I really did do that day. :)
Mon Apr 25 20:28:19 1994 Jason Molenda (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
* Install.in: use eval to call do_mt() for Ultrix brokenness.
Mon Apr 25 20:00:00 1994 Jason Molenda (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
* Install.in(do_mt): exit with error status 1 if # of parameters
!= 3.
Mon Apr 25 19:42:36 1994 Jason Molenda (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
* Install.in: lose TAPE_FORWARD and TAPE_REWIND, add do_mt()
to do all tape movement operations. Currently untested. Addresses
PR # 4886 from bull.
* Install.in: add 1994 to the copyright thing.
Fri Apr 22 19:05:13 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
* standards.texi: Update from FSF.
Fri Apr 22 15:46:10 1994 Jason Molenda (crash@cygnus.com)
* Install.in: Add $DDOPTS, has ``bs=124b'' for all systems except
AIX (some versions of AIX don't understand bs=124b. Silly OS).
Mon Apr 4 22:55:05 1994 Jason Molenda (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
* Install.in: null out $TOOLS before adding stuff to it
non-destructively.
Wed Mar 30 21:45:35 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
* standards.texi: Fix typo.
* configure.texi, configure.man: Document --disable-.
Mon Mar 28 13:22:15 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
* standards.texi: Update from FSF.
Sat Mar 26 09:21:44 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
* standards.texi, make-stds.texi: Update from FSF.
Fri Mar 25 22:59:45 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
* configure.texi, configure.man: Document --enable-* options.
Wed Mar 23 23:38:24 1994 Jason Molenda (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
* Install.in: set CPP to be gcc -E for fixincludes.
Wed Mar 23 13:42:48 1994 Jason Molenda (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
* Install.in: set PATH to $PATH:/bin:/usr/bin so we can pick
up native tools even if the user doesn't have them in his
path.
* Install.in: ``hppa-1.1-hp-hpux'' -> ``hppa1.1-hp-hpux''.
Tue Mar 15 22:09:20 1994 Jason Molenda (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
* Install.in: TAPE_REWIND and TAPE_FORWARD variables for Unixunaware,
added switch statement to detect if system is Unixunaware.
Fri Mar 4 12:10:30 1994 Jason Molenda (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
* Install.in: fixincludes output is actually put in fixincludes.log,
but echo'ed messages claim it is fixinc.log.
Wed Nov 3 02:58:02 1993 Jeffrey Osier (jeffrey@thepub.cygnus.com)
* subst-strings: output TEXBUNDLE for more install notes matching
* install-texi.in: PRMS info now exists
Tue Oct 26 16:57:12 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
* subst-strings: match solaris*. Also, add default case to catch
and error out for unrecognized systems.
Thu Aug 19 18:21:31 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
* Install.in: handle the new fixproto work
Mon Jul 19 12:05:41 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@cirdan.cygnus.com)
* Install.in: remove "MT=tctl" for AIX (not needed, and barely
worked anyway)
Mon Jun 14 19:09:22 1993 Jeffrey Osier (jeffrey@cygnus.com)
* subst-strings: changed HOST to recognize Solaris for install notes
Thu Jun 10 16:01:25 1993 Jeffrey Osier (jeffrey@cygnus.com)
* dos-inst.texi: new file.
Wed Jun 9 19:23:59 1993 Jeffrey Osier (jeffrey@rtl.cygnus.com)
* install-texi.in: added conditionals (nearly complete)
cleaned up
added support for other releases (not done)
Wed Jun 9 15:53:58 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in (install-info): Use INSTALL_DATA.
({dist,real}clean): Also delete Makefile and config.status.
Fri Jun 4 17:09:56 1993 Jeffrey Osier (jeffrey@cygnus.com)
* subst-strings: added data for OS_STRING
* subst-strings: added support for OS_STRING
Thu Jun 3 00:37:01 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* Install.in: pull COPYING and COPYING.LIB off of the tape
Tue Jun 1 16:52:08 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* subst-strings: replace RELEASE_DIR too
Mon Mar 22 23:55:27 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in: add installcheck target
Wed Mar 17 02:21:15 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* Install.in: fix 'source only' extraction bug where it looked for
the src dir under H-<host>/src instead of src; also remove stray
reference to EMACSHIBIN
Mon Mar 15 01:25:45 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* make-stds.texi: added 'installcheck' to the standard targets
Tue Mar 9 19:48:28 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* standards.texi: added INFO-DIR-ENTRY, updated version from the FSF
Tue Feb 9 12:40:23 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in (standards.info): Added -I$(srcdir) to find
make-stds.texi.
Mon Feb 1 16:32:56 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* standards.texi: updated to latest FSF version, which includes:
* make-stds.texi: new file
Mon Nov 30 01:31:40 1992 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* install-texi.in, relnotes.texi, intro.texi: changed Cygnus phone
numbers from the old Palo Alto ones to the new Mtn. View numbers
Mon Nov 16 16:50:43 1992 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in: define $(RM) to "rm -f"
Sun Oct 11 16:05:48 1992 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* intro.texi: added INFO-DIR-ENTRY

159
etc/Makefile.in
View File

@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
#
# Makefile.in for etc
#
DESTDIR =
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
bindir = @bindir@
libdir = @libdir@
tooldir = $(libdir)
datadir = @datadir@
mandir = @mandir@
man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
man2dir = $(mandir)/man2
man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
man4dir = $(mandir)/man4
man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
man6dir = $(mandir)/man6
man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
man9dir = $(mandir)/man9
infodir = @infodir@
SHELL = /bin/sh
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
MAKEINFO = `if [ -f ../texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo ]; \
then echo ../texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo; \
else echo makeinfo; fi`
TEXI2DVI = `if [ -f ../texinfo/util/texi2dvi ]; \
then echo ../texinfo/util/texi2dvi; \
else echo texi2dvi; fi`
TEXI2HTML = texi2html
DVIPS = dvips
# Where to find texinfo.tex to format documentation with TeX.
TEXIDIR = $(srcdir)/../texinfo
#### Host, target, and site specific Makefile fragments come in here.
###
INFOFILES = standards.info configure.info
DVIFILES = standards.dvi configure.dvi
all:
# We want install to imply install-info as per GNU standards.
install: install-info
uninstall:
info:
for f in $(INFOFILES); do \
if test -f $(srcdir)/`echo $$f | sed -e 's/.info$$/.texi/'`; then \
if $(MAKE) "MAKEINFO=$(MAKEINFO)" $$f; then \
true; \
else \
exit 1; \
fi; \
fi; \
done
install-info: info
$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
if test ! -f standards.info; then cd $(srcdir); fi; \
if test -f standards.info; then \
for i in standards.info*; do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$i; \
done; \
fi
if test ! -f configure.info; then cd $(srcdir); fi; \
if test -f configure.info; then \
for i in configure.info*; do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$i; \
done; \
fi
dvi:
for f in $(DVIFILES); do \
if test -f $(srcdir)/`echo $$f | sed -e 's/.dvi$$/.texi/'`; then \
if $(MAKE) "TEXI2DVI=$(TEXI2DVI)" $$f; then \
true; \
else \
exit 1; \
fi; \
fi; \
done
standards.info: $(srcdir)/standards.texi $(srcdir)/make-stds.texi
$(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I$(srcdir) -o standards.info $(srcdir)/standards.texi
standards.dvi: $(srcdir)/standards.texi
TEXINPUTS=$(TEXIDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/standards.texi
standards.ps: standards.dvi
$(DVIPS) standards.dvi -o standards.ps
# makeinfo requires images to be in the current directory.
configure.info: $(srcdir)/configure.texi $(srcdir)/configdev.tin $(srcdir)/configbuild.tin
rm -f configdev.txt configbuild.txt
cp $(srcdir)/configdev.tin configdev.txt
cp $(srcdir)/configbuild.tin configbuild.txt
$(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) -o configure.info $(srcdir)/configure.texi
rm -f configdev.txt configbuild.txt
# texi2dvi wants both the .txt and the .eps files.
configure.dvi: $(srcdir)/configure.texi $(srcdir)/configdev.tin $(srcdir)/configbuild.tin $(srcdir)/configdev.ein $(srcdir)/configbuild.ein
rm -f configdev.txt configbuild.txt
cp $(srcdir)/configdev.tin configdev.txt
cp $(srcdir)/configbuild.tin configbuild.txt
rm -f configdev.eps configbuild.eps
cp $(srcdir)/configdev.ein configdev.eps
cp $(srcdir)/configbuild.ein configbuild.eps
TEXINPUTS=$(TEXIDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/configure.texi
rm -f configdev.txt configbuild.txt
rm -f configdev.eps configbuild.eps
# dvips requires images to be in the current directory
configure.ps: configure.dvi $(srcdir)/configdev.ein $(srcdir)/configbuild.ein
rm -f configdev.eps configbuild.eps
cp $(srcdir)/configdev.ein configdev.eps
cp $(srcdir)/configbuild.ein configbuild.eps
$(DVIPS) configure.dvi -o configure.ps
rm -f configdev.eps configbuild.eps
configure.html: $(srcdir)/configure.texi
$(TEXI2HTML) -split_chapter $(srcdir)/configure.texi
clean:
rm -f *.aux *.cp *.cps *.dvi *.fn *.fns *.ky *.kys *.log
rm -f *.pg *.pgs *.toc *.tp *.tps *.vr *.vrs
rm -f configdev.txt configbuild.txt configdev.eps configbuild.eps
rm -f configdev.jpg configbuild.jpg
mostlyclean: clean
distclean: clean
rm -f Makefile config.status config.cache
maintainer-clean realclean: distclean
rm -f *.info*
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(host_makefile_frag) $(target_makefile_frag)
$(SHELL) ./config.status
## these last targets are for standards.texi conformance
dist:
check:
installcheck:
TAGS:

573
etc/add-log.el
View File

@ -1,573 +0,0 @@
;;; ============ NOTE WELL! =============
;;;
;;; You only need to use this file if you're using a version of Emacs
;;; prior to 20.1 to work on GDB. The only difference between this
;;; and the standard add-log.el provided with 19.34 is that it
;;; generates dates using the terser format used by Emacs 20. This is
;;; the format recommended for use in GDB ChangeLogs.
;;;
;;; To use this code, you should create a directory `~/elisp', save the code
;;; below in `~/elisp/add-log.el', and then put something like this in
;;; your `~/.emacs' file, to tell Emacs where to find it:
;;;
;;; (setq load-path
;;; (cons (expand-file-name "~/elisp")
;;; load-path))
;;;
;;; If you want, you can also byte-compile it --- it'll run a little
;;; faster, and use a little less memory. (Not that those matter much for
;;; this file.) To do that, after you've saved the text as
;;; ~/elisp/add-log.el, bring it up in Emacs, and type
;;;
;;; C-u M-x byte-compile-file
;;;
;;; --- Jim Blandy
;;; add-log.el --- change log maintenance commands for Emacs
;; Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Keywords: maint
;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
;; any later version.
;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
;; GNU General Public License for more details.
;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the
;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
;;; Commentary:
;; This facility is documented in the Emacs Manual.
;;; Code:
(defvar change-log-default-name nil
"*Name of a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry].")
(defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
*If non-nil, function to guess name of current function from surrounding text.
\\[add-change-log-entry] calls this function (if nil, `add-log-current-defun'
instead) with no arguments. It returns a string or nil if it cannot guess.")
;;;###autoload
(defvar add-log-full-name nil
"*Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
This defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function.")
;;;###autoload
(defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"*Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
(defvar change-log-font-lock-keywords
'(("^[SMTWF].+" . font-lock-function-name-face) ; Date line.
("^\t\\* \\([^ :\n]+\\)" 1 font-lock-comment-face) ; File name.
("(\\([^)\n]+\\)):" 1 font-lock-keyword-face)) ; Function name.
"Additional expressions to highlight in Change Log mode.")
(defvar change-log-mode-map nil
"Keymap for Change Log major mode.")
(if change-log-mode-map
nil
(setq change-log-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
(define-key change-log-mode-map "\M-q" 'change-log-fill-paragraph))
(defun change-log-name ()
(or change-log-default-name
(if (eq system-type 'vax-vms)
"$CHANGE_LOG$.TXT"
(if (or (eq system-type 'ms-dos) (eq system-type 'windows-nt))
"changelo"
"ChangeLog"))))
;;;###autoload
(defun prompt-for-change-log-name ()
"Prompt for a change log name."
(let* ((default (change-log-name))
(name (expand-file-name
(read-file-name (format "Log file (default %s): " default)
nil default))))
;; Handle something that is syntactically a directory name.
;; Look for ChangeLog or whatever in that directory.
(if (string= (file-name-nondirectory name) "")
(expand-file-name (file-name-nondirectory default)
name)
;; Handle specifying a file that is a directory.
(if (file-directory-p name)
(expand-file-name (file-name-nondirectory default)
(file-name-as-directory name))
name))))
;;;###autoload
(defun find-change-log (&optional file-name)
"Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
\(or whatever we use on this operating system).
If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
current buffer to the complete file name."
;; If user specified a file name or if this buffer knows which one to use,
;; just use that.
(or file-name
(setq file-name (and change-log-default-name
(file-name-directory change-log-default-name)
change-log-default-name))
(progn
;; Chase links in the source file
;; and use the change log in the dir where it points.
(setq file-name (or (and buffer-file-name
(file-name-directory
(file-chase-links buffer-file-name)))
default-directory))
(if (file-directory-p file-name)
(setq file-name (expand-file-name (change-log-name) file-name)))
;; Chase links before visiting the file.
;; This makes it easier to use a single change log file
;; for several related directories.
(setq file-name (file-chase-links file-name))
(setq file-name (expand-file-name file-name))
;; Move up in the dir hierarchy till we find a change log file.
(let ((file1 file-name)
parent-dir)
(while (and (not (or (get-file-buffer file1) (file-exists-p file1)))
(progn (setq parent-dir
(file-name-directory
(directory-file-name
(file-name-directory file1))))
;; Give up if we are already at the root dir.
(not (string= (file-name-directory file1)
parent-dir))))
;; Move up to the parent dir and try again.
(setq file1 (expand-file-name
(file-name-nondirectory (change-log-name))
parent-dir)))
;; If we found a change log in a parent, use that.
(if (or (get-file-buffer file1) (file-exists-p file1))
(setq file-name file1)))))
;; Make a local variable in this buffer so we needn't search again.
(set (make-local-variable 'change-log-default-name) file-name)
file-name)
;;;###autoload
(defun add-change-log-entry (&optional whoami file-name other-window new-entry)
"Find change log file and add an entry for today.
Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
never append to an existing entry."
(interactive (list current-prefix-arg
(prompt-for-change-log-name)))
(or add-log-full-name
(setq add-log-full-name (user-full-name)))
(or add-log-mailing-address
(setq add-log-mailing-address user-mail-address))
(if whoami
(progn
(setq add-log-full-name (read-input "Full name: " add-log-full-name))
;; Note that some sites have room and phone number fields in
;; full name which look silly when inserted. Rather than do
;; anything about that here, let user give prefix argument so that
;; s/he can edit the full name field in prompter if s/he wants.
(setq add-log-mailing-address
(read-input "Mailing address: " add-log-mailing-address))))
(let ((defun (funcall (or add-log-current-defun-function
'add-log-current-defun)))
paragraph-end entry)
(setq file-name (expand-file-name (find-change-log file-name)))
;; Set ENTRY to the file name to use in the new entry.
(and buffer-file-name
;; Never want to add a change log entry for the ChangeLog file itself.
(not (string= buffer-file-name file-name))
(setq entry (if (string-match
(concat "^" (regexp-quote (file-name-directory
file-name)))
buffer-file-name)
(substring buffer-file-name (match-end 0))
(file-name-nondirectory buffer-file-name))))
(if (and other-window (not (equal file-name buffer-file-name)))
(find-file-other-window file-name)
(find-file file-name))
(or (eq major-mode 'change-log-mode)
(change-log-mode))
(undo-boundary)
(goto-char (point-min))
(let ((heading (format "%s %s <%s>"
(format-time-string "%Y-%m-%d")
add-log-full-name
add-log-mailing-address)))
(if (looking-at (regexp-quote heading))
(forward-line 1)
(insert heading "\n\n")))
;; Search only within the first paragraph.
(if (looking-at "\n*[^\n* \t]")
(skip-chars-forward "\n")
(forward-paragraph 1))
(setq paragraph-end (point))
(goto-char (point-min))
;; Now insert the new line for this entry.
(cond ((re-search-forward "^\\s *\\*\\s *$" paragraph-end t)
;; Put this file name into the existing empty entry.
(if entry
(insert entry)))
((and (not new-entry)
(let (case-fold-search)
(re-search-forward
(concat (regexp-quote (concat "* " entry))
;; Don't accept `foo.bar' when
;; looking for `foo':
"\\(\\s \\|[(),:]\\)")
paragraph-end t)))
;; Add to the existing entry for the same file.
(re-search-forward "^\\s *$\\|^\\s \\*")
(goto-char (match-beginning 0))
;; Delete excess empty lines; make just 2.
(while (and (not (eobp)) (looking-at "^\\s *$"))
(delete-region (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point))))
(insert "\n\n")
(forward-line -2)
(indent-relative-maybe))
(t
;; Make a new entry.
(forward-line 1)
(while (looking-at "\\sW")
(forward-line 1))
(while (and (not (eobp)) (looking-at "^\\s *$"))
(delete-region (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point))))
(insert "\n\n\n")
(forward-line -2)
(indent-to left-margin)
(insert "* " (or entry ""))))
;; Now insert the function name, if we have one.
;; Point is at the entry for this file,
;; either at the end of the line or at the first blank line.
(if defun
(progn
;; Make it easy to get rid of the function name.
(undo-boundary)
(insert (if (save-excursion
(beginning-of-line 1)
(looking-at "\\s *$"))
""
" ")
"(" defun "): "))
;; No function name, so put in a colon unless we have just a star.
(if (not (save-excursion
(beginning-of-line 1)
(looking-at "\\s *\\(\\*\\s *\\)?$")))
(insert ": ")))))
;;;###autoload
(defun add-change-log-entry-other-window (&optional whoami file-name)
"Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
Second arg is file name of change log. \
If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'."
(interactive (if current-prefix-arg
(list current-prefix-arg
(prompt-for-change-log-name))))
(add-change-log-entry whoami file-name t))
;;;###autoload (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
;;;###autoload
(defun change-log-mode ()
"Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
Runs `change-log-mode-hook'."
(interactive)
(kill-all-local-variables)
(indented-text-mode)
(setq major-mode 'change-log-mode
mode-name "Change Log"
left-margin 8
fill-column 74
indent-tabs-mode t
tab-width 8)
(use-local-map change-log-mode-map)
;; Let each entry behave as one paragraph:
;; We really do want "^" in paragraph-start below: it is only the lines that
;; begin at column 0 (despite the left-margin of 8) that we are looking for.
(set (make-local-variable 'paragraph-start) "\\s *$\\|\f\\|^\\sw")
(set (make-local-variable 'paragraph-separate) "\\s *$\\|\f\\|^\\sw")
;; Let all entries for one day behave as one page.
;; Match null string on the date-line so that the date-line
;; is grouped with what follows.
(set (make-local-variable 'page-delimiter) "^\\<\\|^\f")
(set (make-local-variable 'version-control) 'never)
(set (make-local-variable 'adaptive-fill-regexp) "\\s *")
(set (make-local-variable 'font-lock-defaults)
'(change-log-font-lock-keywords t))
(run-hooks 'change-log-mode-hook))
;; It might be nice to have a general feature to replace this. The idea I
;; have is a variable giving a regexp matching text which should not be
;; moved from bol by filling. change-log-mode would set this to "^\\s *\\s(".
;; But I don't feel up to implementing that today.
(defun change-log-fill-paragraph (&optional justify)
"Fill the paragraph, but preserve open parentheses at beginning of lines.
Prefix arg means justify as well."
(interactive "P")
(let ((end (save-excursion (forward-paragraph) (point)))
(beg (save-excursion (backward-paragraph)(point)))
(paragraph-start (concat paragraph-start "\\|\\s *\\s(")))
(fill-region beg end justify)))
(defvar add-log-current-defun-header-regexp
"^\\([A-Z][A-Z_ ]*[A-Z_]\\|[-_a-zA-Z]+\\)[ \t]*[:=]"
"*Heuristic regexp used by `add-log-current-defun' for unknown major modes.")
;;;###autoload
(defun add-log-current-defun ()
"Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
`add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
Has a preference of looking backwards."
(condition-case nil
(save-excursion
(let ((location (point)))
(cond ((memq major-mode '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode
lisp-interaction-mode))
;; If we are now precisely at the beginning of a defun,
;; make sure beginning-of-defun finds that one
;; rather than the previous one.
(or (eobp) (forward-char 1))
(beginning-of-defun)
;; Make sure we are really inside the defun found, not after it.
(if (and (looking-at "\\s(")
(progn (end-of-defun)
(< location (point)))
(progn (forward-sexp -1)
(>= location (point))))
(progn
(if (looking-at "\\s(")
(forward-char 1))
(forward-sexp 1)
(skip-chars-forward " '")
(buffer-substring (point)
(progn (forward-sexp 1) (point))))))
((and (memq major-mode '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode))
(save-excursion (beginning-of-line)
;; Use eq instead of = here to avoid
;; error when at bob and char-after
;; returns nil.
(while (eq (char-after (- (point) 2)) ?\\)
(forward-line -1))
(looking-at "[ \t]*#[ \t]*define[ \t]")))
;; Handle a C macro definition.
(beginning-of-line)
(while (eq (char-after (- (point) 2)) ?\\) ;not =; note above
(forward-line -1))
(search-forward "define")
(skip-chars-forward " \t")
(buffer-substring (point)
(progn (forward-sexp 1) (point))))
((memq major-mode '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode))
(beginning-of-line)
;; See if we are in the beginning part of a function,
;; before the open brace. If so, advance forward.
(while (not (looking-at "{\\|\\(\\s *$\\)"))
(forward-line 1))
(or (eobp)
(forward-char 1))
(beginning-of-defun)
(if (progn (end-of-defun)
(< location (point)))
(progn
(backward-sexp 1)
(let (beg tem)
(forward-line -1)
;; Skip back over typedefs of arglist.
(while (and (not (bobp))
(looking-at "[ \t\n]"))
(forward-line -1))
;; See if this is using the DEFUN macro used in Emacs,
;; or the DEFUN macro used by the C library.
(if (condition-case nil
(and (save-excursion
(end-of-line)
(while (= (preceding-char) ?\\)
(end-of-line 2))
(backward-sexp 1)
(beginning-of-line)
(setq tem (point))
(looking-at "DEFUN\\b"))
(>= location tem))
(error nil))
(progn
(goto-char tem)
(down-list 1)
(if (= (char-after (point)) ?\")
(progn
(forward-sexp 1)
(skip-chars-forward " ,")))
(buffer-substring (point)
(progn (forward-sexp 1) (point))))
(if (looking-at "^[+-]")
(get-method-definition)
;; Ordinary C function syntax.
(setq beg (point))
(if (and (condition-case nil
;; Protect against "Unbalanced parens" error.
(progn
(down-list 1) ; into arglist
(backward-up-list 1)
(skip-chars-backward " \t")
t)
(error nil))
;; Verify initial pos was after
;; real start of function.
(save-excursion
(goto-char beg)
;; For this purpose, include the line
;; that has the decl keywords. This
;; may also include some of the
;; comments before the function.
(while (and (not (bobp))
(save-excursion
(forward-line -1)
(looking-at "[^\n\f]")))
(forward-line -1))
(>= location (point)))
;; Consistency check: going down and up
;; shouldn't take us back before BEG.
(> (point) beg))
(let (end middle)
;; Don't include any final newline
;; in the name we use.
(if (= (preceding-char) ?\n)
(forward-char -1))
(setq end (point))
(backward-sexp 1)
;; Now find the right beginning of the name.
;; Include certain keywords if they
;; precede the name.
(setq middle (point))
(forward-word -1)
;; Ignore these subparts of a class decl
;; and move back to the class name itself.
(while (looking-at "public \\|private ")
(skip-chars-backward " \t:")
(setq end (point))
(backward-sexp 1)
(setq middle (point))
(forward-word -1))
(and (bolp)
(looking-at "struct \\|union \\|class ")
(setq middle (point)))
(buffer-substring middle end)))))))))
((memq major-mode
'(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode;; tex-mode.el
plain-tex-mode latex-mode;; cmutex.el
))
(if (re-search-backward
"\\\\\\(sub\\)*\\(section\\|paragraph\\|chapter\\)" nil t)
(progn
(goto-char (match-beginning 0))
(buffer-substring (1+ (point));; without initial backslash
(progn
(end-of-line)
(point))))))
((eq major-mode 'texinfo-mode)
(if (re-search-backward "^@node[ \t]+\\([^,\n]+\\)" nil t)
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 1)
(match-end 1))))
((eq major-mode 'perl-mode)
(if (re-search-backward "^sub[ \t]+\\([^ \t\n]+\\)" nil t)
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 1)
(match-end 1))))
((eq major-mode 'fortran-mode)
;; must be inside function body for this to work
(beginning-of-fortran-subprogram)
(let ((case-fold-search t)) ; case-insensitive
;; search for fortran subprogram start
(if (re-search-forward
"^[ \t]*\\(program\\|subroutine\\|function\
\\|[ \ta-z0-9*]*[ \t]+function\\)"
nil t)
(progn
;; move to EOL or before first left paren
(if (re-search-forward "[(\n]" nil t)
(progn (forward-char -1)
(skip-chars-backward " \t"))
(end-of-line))
;; Use the name preceding that.
(buffer-substring (point)
(progn (forward-sexp -1)
(point)))))))
(t
;; If all else fails, try heuristics
(let (case-fold-search)
(end-of-line)
(if (re-search-backward add-log-current-defun-header-regexp
(- (point) 10000)
t)
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 1)
(match-end 1))))))))
(error nil)))
(defvar get-method-definition-md)
;; Subroutine used within get-method-definition.
;; Add the last match in the buffer to the end of `md',
;; followed by the string END; move to the end of that match.
(defun get-method-definition-1 (end)
(setq get-method-definition-md
(concat get-method-definition-md
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1))
end))
(goto-char (match-end 0)))
;; For objective C, return the method name if we are in a method.
(defun get-method-definition ()
(let ((get-method-definition-md "["))
(save-excursion
(if (re-search-backward "^@implementation\\s-*\\([A-Za-z_]*\\)" nil t)
(get-method-definition-1 " ")))
(save-excursion
(cond
((re-search-forward "^\\([-+]\\)[ \t\n\f\r]*\\(([^)]*)\\)?\\s-*" nil t)
(get-method-definition-1 "")
(while (not (looking-at "[{;]"))
(looking-at
"\\([A-Za-z_]*:?\\)\\s-*\\(([^)]*)\\)?[A-Za-z_]*[ \t\n\f\r]*")
(get-method-definition-1 ""))
(concat get-method-definition-md "]"))))))
(provide 'add-log)
;;; add-log.el ends here

11
etc/add-log.vi
View File

@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
Here is a vi macro to create entries in the recommended format for
GDB's ChangeLogs.
map  1GO:r !date '+\%Y-\%m-\%d'2GA Jason Molenda (:r !whoamikJxA@:r !hostnameA)kJxkddjO * k$
It contains control and escape sequences, so don't just cut and paste it.
You'll need to change the "Jason Molenda" bit, of course. :-) Put this
in your $HOME/.exrc and when you type control-X in move-around-mode,
you'll have a changelog template inserted.
--- Jason Molenda

149
etc/configbuild.ein
View File

@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0
%%Title: configbuild.fig
%%Creator: fig2dev Version 3.1 Patchlevel 1
%%CreationDate: Fri Jun 12 20:13:16 1998
%%For: ian@tito.cygnus.com (Ian Lance Taylor)
%%Orientation: Portrait
%%BoundingBox: 0 0 322 173
%%Pages: 0
%%BeginSetup
%%IncludeFeature: *PageSize Letter
%%EndSetup
%%EndComments
/$F2psDict 200 dict def
$F2psDict begin
$F2psDict /mtrx matrix put
/col-1 {} def
/col0 {0.000 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col1 {0.000 0.000 1.000 srgb} bind def
/col2 {0.000 1.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col3 {0.000 1.000 1.000 srgb} bind def
/col4 {1.000 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col5 {1.000 0.000 1.000 srgb} bind def
/col6 {1.000 1.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col7 {1.000 1.000 1.000 srgb} bind def
/col8 {0.000 0.000 0.560 srgb} bind def
/col9 {0.000 0.000 0.690 srgb} bind def
/col10 {0.000 0.000 0.820 srgb} bind def
/col11 {0.530 0.810 1.000 srgb} bind def
/col12 {0.000 0.560 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col13 {0.000 0.690 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col14 {0.000 0.820 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col15 {0.000 0.560 0.560 srgb} bind def
/col16 {0.000 0.690 0.690 srgb} bind def
/col17 {0.000 0.820 0.820 srgb} bind def
/col18 {0.560 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col19 {0.690 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col20 {0.820 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col21 {0.560 0.000 0.560 srgb} bind def
/col22 {0.690 0.000 0.690 srgb} bind def
/col23 {0.820 0.000 0.820 srgb} bind def
/col24 {0.500 0.190 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col25 {0.630 0.250 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col26 {0.750 0.380 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col27 {1.000 0.500 0.500 srgb} bind def
/col28 {1.000 0.630 0.630 srgb} bind def
/col29 {1.000 0.750 0.750 srgb} bind def
/col30 {1.000 0.880 0.880 srgb} bind def
/col31 {1.000 0.840 0.000 srgb} bind def
end
save
-62.0 226.0 translate
1 -1 scale
/clp {closepath} bind def
/ef {eofill} bind def
/gr {grestore} bind def
/gs {gsave} bind def
/l {lineto} bind def
/m {moveto} bind def
/n {newpath} bind def
/s {stroke} bind def
/slc {setlinecap} bind def
/slj {setlinejoin} bind def
/slw {setlinewidth} bind def
/srgb {setrgbcolor} bind def
/rot {rotate} bind def
/sc {scale} bind def
/tr {translate} bind def
/tnt {dup dup currentrgbcolor
4 -2 roll dup 1 exch sub 3 -1 roll mul add
4 -2 roll dup 1 exch sub 3 -1 roll mul add
4 -2 roll dup 1 exch sub 3 -1 roll mul add srgb}
bind def
/shd {dup dup currentrgbcolor 4 -2 roll mul 4 -2 roll mul
4 -2 roll mul srgb} bind def
/$F2psBegin {$F2psDict begin /$F2psEnteredState save def} def
/$F2psEnd {$F2psEnteredState restore end} def
%%EndProlog
$F2psBegin
10 setmiterlimit
0.06000 0.06000 sc
7.500 slw
% Polyline
n 1050 900 m 2100 900 l 2100 1425 l 1050 1425 l clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 1500 1425 m 1500 2100 l gs col-1 s gr
n 1530.00 1980.00 m 1500.00 2100.00 l 1470.00 1980.00 l 1500.50 1980.50 l 1530.00 1980.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 1500 2625 m 1500 3300 l gs col-1 s gr
n 1530.00 3180.00 m 1500.00 3300.00 l 1470.00 3180.00 l 1500.50 3180.50 l 1530.00 3180.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 2925 900 m 3825 900 l 3825 1425 l 2925 1425 l clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 1155 2100 m 1050 2100 1050 2520 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 1050 2625 2220 2625 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 2325 2625 2325 2205 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 2325 2100 1155 2100 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 2850 2100 m 4125 2100 l 4125 2625 l 2850 2625 l clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 3375 1425 m 3375 2100 l gs col-1 s gr
n 3405.00 1980.00 m 3375.00 2100.00 l 3345.00 1980.00 l 3375.50 1980.50 l 3405.00 1980.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 5100 900 m 6300 900 l 6300 1350 l 5100 1350 l clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 5625 1350 m 5625 2100 l gs col-1 s gr
n 5655.00 1980.00 m 5625.00 2100.00 l 5595.00 1980.00 l 5625.50 1980.50 l 5655.00 1980.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 5205 2100 m 5100 2100 5100 2520 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 5100 2625 6270 2625 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 6375 2625 6375 2205 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 6375 2100 5205 2100 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 5625 2625 m 5625 3300 l gs col-1 s gr
n 5655.00 3180.00 m 5625.00 3300.00 l 5595.00 3180.00 l 5625.50 3180.50 l 5655.00 3180.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 5100 3300 m 6225 3300 l 6225 3750 l 5100 3750 l clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
[1 50.0] 50.000000 setdash
n 2850 2400 m 2325 2400 l gs col-1 s gr [] 0 setdash
n 2445.00 2430.00 m 2325.00 2400.00 l 2445.00 2370.00 l 2445.50 2400.50 l 2445.00 2430.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
[1 50.0] 50.000000 setdash
n 4125 2400 m 5100 2400 l gs col-1 s gr [] 0 setdash
n 4980.00 2370.00 m 5100.00 2400.00 l 4980.00 2430.00 l 4980.50 2400.50 l 4980.00 2370.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 1050 3300 m 1950 3300 l 1950 3750 l 1050 3750 l clp gs col-1 s gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
1200 1200 m
gs 1 -1 sc (config.in) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
3000 1200 m
gs 1 -1 sc (configure) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
3000 2400 m
gs 1 -1 sc (config.status) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
1200 2400 m
gs 1 -1 sc (config.status) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
1200 3600 m
gs 1 -1 sc (config.h) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
5250 1200 m
gs 1 -1 sc (Makefile.in) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
5250 2400 m
gs 1 -1 sc (config.status) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
5250 3600 m
gs 1 -1 sc (Makefile) col-1 show gr
$F2psEnd
restore

50
etc/configbuild.fig
View File

@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
#FIG 3.1
Portrait
Center
Inches
1200 2
2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
1050 900 2100 900 2100 1425 1050 1425 1050 900
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
1500 1425 1500 2100
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
1500 2625 1500 3300
2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
2925 900 3825 900 3825 1425 2925 1425 2925 900
2 4 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 7 0 0 5
2325 2625 2325 2100 1050 2100 1050 2625 2325 2625
2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
2850 2100 4125 2100 4125 2625 2850 2625 2850 2100
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
3375 1425 3375 2100
2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
5100 900 6300 900 6300 1350 5100 1350 5100 900
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
5625 1350 5625 2100
2 4 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 7 0 0 5
6375 2625 6375 2100 5100 2100 5100 2625 6375 2625
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
5625 2625 5625 3300
2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
5100 3300 6225 3300 6225 3750 5100 3750 5100 3300
2 1 2 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 3.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
2850 2400 2325 2400
2 1 2 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 3.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
4125 2400 5100 2400
2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
1050 3300 1950 3300 1950 3750 1050 3750 1050 3300
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 645 1200 1200 config.in\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 705 3000 1200 configure\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 990 3000 2400 config.status\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 990 1200 2400 config.status\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 600 1200 3600 config.h\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 855 5250 1200 Makefile.in\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 990 5250 2400 config.status\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 675 5250 3600 Makefile\001

BIN
etc/configbuild.jin
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 11 KiB

9
etc/configbuild.tin
View File

@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
config.in *configure* Makefile.in
| | |
| v |
| config.status |
| | |
*config.status*<======+==========>*config.status*
| |
v v
config.h Makefile

185
etc/configdev.ein
View File

@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0
%%Title: configdev.fig
%%Creator: fig2dev Version 3.1 Patchlevel 1
%%CreationDate: Mon Jun 15 17:35:19 1998
%%For: ian@tito.cygnus.com (Ian Lance Taylor)
%%Orientation: Portrait
%%BoundingBox: 0 0 344 317
%%Pages: 0
%%BeginSetup
%%IncludeFeature: *PageSize Letter
%%EndSetup
%%EndComments
/$F2psDict 200 dict def
$F2psDict begin
$F2psDict /mtrx matrix put
/col-1 {} def
/col0 {0.000 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col1 {0.000 0.000 1.000 srgb} bind def
/col2 {0.000 1.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col3 {0.000 1.000 1.000 srgb} bind def
/col4 {1.000 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col5 {1.000 0.000 1.000 srgb} bind def
/col6 {1.000 1.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col7 {1.000 1.000 1.000 srgb} bind def
/col8 {0.000 0.000 0.560 srgb} bind def
/col9 {0.000 0.000 0.690 srgb} bind def
/col10 {0.000 0.000 0.820 srgb} bind def
/col11 {0.530 0.810 1.000 srgb} bind def
/col12 {0.000 0.560 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col13 {0.000 0.690 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col14 {0.000 0.820 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col15 {0.000 0.560 0.560 srgb} bind def
/col16 {0.000 0.690 0.690 srgb} bind def
/col17 {0.000 0.820 0.820 srgb} bind def
/col18 {0.560 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col19 {0.690 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col20 {0.820 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col21 {0.560 0.000 0.560 srgb} bind def
/col22 {0.690 0.000 0.690 srgb} bind def
/col23 {0.820 0.000 0.820 srgb} bind def
/col24 {0.500 0.190 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col25 {0.630 0.250 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col26 {0.750 0.380 0.000 srgb} bind def
/col27 {1.000 0.500 0.500 srgb} bind def
/col28 {1.000 0.630 0.630 srgb} bind def
/col29 {1.000 0.750 0.750 srgb} bind def
/col30 {1.000 0.880 0.880 srgb} bind def
/col31 {1.000 0.840 0.000 srgb} bind def
end
save
-62.0 370.0 translate
1 -1 scale
/clp {closepath} bind def
/ef {eofill} bind def
/gr {grestore} bind def
/gs {gsave} bind def
/l {lineto} bind def
/m {moveto} bind def
/n {newpath} bind def
/s {stroke} bind def
/slc {setlinecap} bind def
/slj {setlinejoin} bind def
/slw {setlinewidth} bind def
/srgb {setrgbcolor} bind def
/rot {rotate} bind def
/sc {scale} bind def
/tr {translate} bind def
/tnt {dup dup currentrgbcolor
4 -2 roll dup 1 exch sub 3 -1 roll mul add
4 -2 roll dup 1 exch sub 3 -1 roll mul add
4 -2 roll dup 1 exch sub 3 -1 roll mul add srgb}
bind def
/shd {dup dup currentrgbcolor 4 -2 roll mul 4 -2 roll mul
4 -2 roll mul srgb} bind def
/$F2psBegin {$F2psDict begin /$F2psEnteredState save def} def
/$F2psEnd {$F2psEnteredState restore end} def
%%EndProlog
$F2psBegin
10 setmiterlimit
0.06000 0.06000 sc
7.500 slw
% Polyline
n 1050 900 m 2100 900 l 2100 1425 l 1050 1425 l clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 2925 900 m 3975 900 l 3975 1425 l 2925 1425 l clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 5550 900 m 6750 900 l 6750 1350 l 5550 1350 l clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 3750 1800 m 5025 1800 l 5025 2250 l 3750 2250 l clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 1155 2100 m 1050 2100 1050 2520 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 1050 2625 2070 2625 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 2175 2625 2175 2205 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 2175 2100 1155 2100 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 5550 3300 m 6675 3300 l 6675 3750 l 5550 3750 l clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 5655 2100 m 5550 2100 5550 2520 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 5550 2625 6495 2625 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 6600 2625 6600 2205 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 6600 2100 5655 2100 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 3750 3600 m 4875 3600 l 4875 4050 l 3750 4050 l clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 3855 2700 m 3750 2700 3750 3045 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 3750 3150 4545 3150 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 4650 3150 4650 2805 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 4650 2700 3855 2700 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 2850 5700 m 3750 5700 l 3750 6150 l 2850 6150 l clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 3030 4800 m 2925 4800 2925 5145 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 2925 5250 3645 5250 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 3750 5250 3750 4905 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 3750 4800 3030 4800 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 1500 1425 m 1500 2100 l gs col-1 s gr
n 1530.00 1980.00 m 1500.00 2100.00 l 1470.00 1980.00 l 1500.50 1980.50 l 1530.00 1980.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 3300 1425 m 3300 4800 l gs col-1 s gr
n 3330.00 4680.00 m 3300.00 4800.00 l 3270.00 4680.00 l 3300.50 4680.50 l 3330.00 4680.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 3300 1575 m 1875 1575 l 1875 2100 l gs col-1 s gr
n 1905.00 1980.00 m 1875.00 2100.00 l 1845.00 1980.00 l 1875.50 1980.50 l 1905.00 1980.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 3300 1575 m 5700 1575 l 5700 2100 l gs col-1 s gr
n 5730.00 1980.00 m 5700.00 2100.00 l 5670.00 1980.00 l 5700.50 1980.50 l 5730.00 1980.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 6225 1350 m 6225 2100 l gs col-1 s gr
n 6255.00 1980.00 m 6225.00 2100.00 l 6195.00 1980.00 l 6225.50 1980.50 l 6255.00 1980.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 6075 2625 m 6075 3300 l gs col-1 s gr
n 6105.00 3180.00 m 6075.00 3300.00 l 6045.00 3180.00 l 6075.50 3180.50 l 6105.00 3180.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 4200 2250 m 4200 2700 l gs col-1 s gr
n 4230.00 2580.00 m 4200.00 2700.00 l 4170.00 2580.00 l 4200.50 2580.50 l 4230.00 2580.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 4200 3150 m 4200 3600 l gs col-1 s gr
n 4230.00 3480.00 m 4200.00 3600.00 l 4170.00 3480.00 l 4200.50 3480.50 l 4230.00 3480.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 4200 4050 m 4200 4500 l 3675 4500 l 3675 4800 l gs col-1 s gr
n 3705.00 4680.00 m 3675.00 4800.00 l 3645.00 4680.00 l 3675.50 4680.50 l 3705.00 4680.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 3375 5250 m 3375 5700 l gs col-1 s gr
n 3405.00 5580.00 m 3375.00 5700.00 l 3345.00 5580.00 l 3375.50 5580.50 l 3405.00 5580.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 3300 2925 m 3750 2925 l gs col-1 s gr
n 3630.00 2895.00 m 3750.00 2925.00 l 3630.00 2955.00 l 3630.50 2925.50 l 3630.00 2895.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 1500 2625 m 1500 3300 l gs col-1 s gr
n 1530.00 3180.00 m 1500.00 3300.00 l 1470.00 3180.00 l 1500.50 3180.50 l 1530.00 3180.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 1050 3300 m 2100 3300 l 2100 3750 l 1050 3750 l clp gs col-1 s gr
% Polyline
n 4875 3825 m 5250 3825 l 5250 2400 l 5550 2400 l gs col-1 s gr
n 5430.00 2370.00 m 5550.00 2400.00 l 5430.00 2430.00 l 5430.50 2400.50 l 5430.00 2370.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
1200 1200 m
gs 1 -1 sc (acconfig.h) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
3000 1200 m
gs 1 -1 sc (configure.in) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
5700 1200 m
gs 1 -1 sc (Makefile.am) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
3900 2100 m
gs 1 -1 sc (acinclude.m4) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
1200 2400 m
gs 1 -1 sc (autoheader) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
1200 3600 m
gs 1 -1 sc (config.in) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
5700 3600 m
gs 1 -1 sc (Makefile.in) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
5700 2400 m
gs 1 -1 sc (automake) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
3900 3900 m
gs 1 -1 sc (aclocal.m4) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
3900 3000 m
gs 1 -1 sc (aclocal) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
3000 6000 m
gs 1 -1 sc (configure) col-1 show gr
/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
3000 5100 m
gs 1 -1 sc (autoconf) col-1 show gr
$F2psEnd
restore

80
etc/configdev.fig
View File

@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
#FIG 3.1
Portrait
Center
Inches
1200 2
2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
1050 900 2100 900 2100 1425 1050 1425 1050 900
2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
2925 900 3975 900 3975 1425 2925 1425 2925 900
2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
5550 900 6750 900 6750 1350 5550 1350 5550 900
2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
3750 1800 5025 1800 5025 2250 3750 2250 3750 1800
2 4 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 7 0 0 5
2175 2625 2175 2100 1050 2100 1050 2625 2175 2625
2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
5550 3300 6675 3300 6675 3750 5550 3750 5550 3300
2 4 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 7 0 0 5
6600 2625 6600 2100 5550 2100 5550 2625 6600 2625
2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
3750 3600 4875 3600 4875 4050 3750 4050 3750 3600
2 4 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 7 0 0 5
4650 3150 4650 2700 3750 2700 3750 3150 4650 3150
2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
2850 5700 3750 5700 3750 6150 2850 6150 2850 5700
2 4 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 7 0 0 5
3750 5250 3750 4800 2925 4800 2925 5250 3750 5250
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
1500 1425 1500 2100
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
3300 1425 3300 4800
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 3
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
3300 1575 1875 1575 1875 2100
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 3
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
3300 1575 5700 1575 5700 2100
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
6225 1350 6225 2100
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
6075 2625 6075 3300
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
4200 2250 4200 2700
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
4200 3150 4200 3600
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 4
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
4200 4050 4200 4500 3675 4500 3675 4800
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
3375 5250 3375 5700
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
3300 2925 3750 2925
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
1500 2625 1500 3300
2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
1050 3300 2100 3300 2100 3750 1050 3750 1050 3300
2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 4
1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
4875 3825 5250 3825 5250 2400 5550 2400
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 780 1200 1200 acconfig.h\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 885 3000 1200 configure.in\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 945 5700 1200 Makefile.am\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 990 3900 2100 acinclude.m4\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 840 1200 2400 autoheader\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 645 1200 3600 config.in\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 855 5700 3600 Makefile.in\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 735 5700 2400 automake\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 810 3900 3900 aclocal.m4\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 540 3900 3000 aclocal\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 705 3000 6000 configure\001
4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 660 3000 5100 autoconf\001

BIN
etc/configdev.jin
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 18 KiB

17
etc/configdev.tin
View File

@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
acconfig.h configure.in Makefile.am
| | |
| --------------+---------------------- |
| | | | |
v v | acinclude.m4 | |
*autoheader* | | v v
| | v --->*automake*
v |--->*aclocal* | |
config.in | | | v
| v | Makefile.in
| aclocal.m4---
| |
v v
*autoconf*
|
v
configure

862
etc/configure vendored
View File

@ -1,862 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12.1
# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
# Defaults:
ac_help=
ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
# Any additions from configure.in:
# Initialize some variables set by options.
# The variables have the same names as the options, with
# dashes changed to underlines.
build=NONE
cache_file=./config.cache
exec_prefix=NONE
host=NONE
no_create=
nonopt=NONE
no_recursion=
prefix=NONE
program_prefix=NONE
program_suffix=NONE
program_transform_name=s,x,x,
silent=
site=
srcdir=
target=NONE
verbose=
x_includes=NONE
x_libraries=NONE
bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
datadir='${prefix}/share'
sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
includedir='${prefix}/include'
oldincludedir='/usr/include'
infodir='${prefix}/info'
mandir='${prefix}/man'
# Initialize some other variables.
subdirs=
MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
ac_max_here_lines=12
ac_prev=
for ac_option
do
# If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
ac_prev=
continue
fi
case "$ac_option" in
-*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
*) ac_optarg= ;;
esac
# Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
case "$ac_option" in
-bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
ac_prev=bindir ;;
-bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
ac_prev=build ;;
-build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
build="$ac_optarg" ;;
-cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
| --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
ac_prev=cache_file ;;
-cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
| --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
-datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
ac_prev=datadir ;;
-datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
| --da=*)
datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-disable-* | --disable-*)
ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
{ echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
-enable-* | --enable-*)
ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
{ echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
case "$ac_option" in
*=*) ;;
*) ac_optarg=yes ;;
esac
eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
-exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
| --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
| --exec | --exe | --ex)
ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
-exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
| --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
| --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
-gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
# Obsolete; use --with-gas.
with_gas=yes ;;
-help | --help | --hel | --he)
# Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
# This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
cat << EOF
Usage: configure [options] [host]
Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
Configuration:
--cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE
--help print this message
--no-create do not create output files
--quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages
--version print the version of autoconf that created configure
Directory and file names:
--prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
[$ac_default_prefix]
--exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
[same as prefix]
--bindir=DIR user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
--sbindir=DIR system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
--libexecdir=DIR program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
--datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
[PREFIX/share]
--sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
--sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
[PREFIX/com]
--localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
--libdir=DIR object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
--includedir=DIR C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
--oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
--infodir=DIR info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
--mandir=DIR man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
--srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
--program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
--program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
--program-transform-name=PROGRAM
run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
EOF
cat << EOF
Host type:
--build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
--host=HOST configure for HOST [guessed]
--target=TARGET configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
Features and packages:
--disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
--enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
--with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
--without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
--x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR
--x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR
EOF
if test -n "$ac_help"; then
echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
fi
exit 0 ;;
-host | --host | --hos | --ho)
ac_prev=host ;;
-host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
host="$ac_optarg" ;;
-includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
| --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
ac_prev=includedir ;;
-includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
| --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
ac_prev=infodir ;;
-infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
ac_prev=libdir ;;
-libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
| --libexe | --libex | --libe)
ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
-libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
| --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
| --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
| --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
-localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
| --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
| --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
ac_prev=mandir ;;
-mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-nfp | --nfp | --nf)
# Obsolete; use --without-fp.
with_fp=no ;;
-no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
| --no-cr | --no-c)
no_create=yes ;;
-no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
| --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
no_recursion=yes ;;
-oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
| --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
| --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
-oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
| --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
| --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
ac_prev=prefix ;;
-prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
-program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
| --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
-program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
| --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
-program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
| --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
-program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
| --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
-program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
| --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
| --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
| --program-transform | --program-transfor \
| --program-transfo | --program-transf \
| --program-trans | --program-tran \
| --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
-program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
| --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
| --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
| --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
| --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
| --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
| --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
-q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
| -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
silent=yes ;;
-sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
ac_prev=sbindir ;;
-sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
| --sbi=* | --sb=*)
sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
| --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
| --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
| --sha | --sh)
ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
-sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
| --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
| --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
| --sha=* | --sh=*)
sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-site | --site | --sit)
ac_prev=site ;;
-site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
site="$ac_optarg" ;;
-srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
ac_prev=srcdir ;;
-srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
| --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
-sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
| --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
ac_prev=target ;;
-target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
target="$ac_optarg" ;;
-v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
verbose=yes ;;
-version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12.1"
exit 0 ;;
-with-* | --with-*)
ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
{ echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
case "$ac_option" in
*=*) ;;
*) ac_optarg=yes ;;
esac
eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
-without-* | --without-*)
ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
{ echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
--x)
# Obsolete; use --with-x.
with_x=yes ;;
-x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
| --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
ac_prev=x_includes ;;
-x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
| --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
-x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
| --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
-x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
| --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
-*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
;;
*)
if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
fi
if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
{ echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
nonopt="$ac_option"
;;
esac
done
if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
{ echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
# File descriptor usage:
# 0 standard input
# 1 file creation
# 2 errors and warnings
# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
# 6 checking for... messages and results
# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
if test "$silent" = yes; then
exec 6>/dev/null
else
exec 6>&1
fi
exec 5>./config.log
echo "\
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
" 1>&5
# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
ac_configure_args=
for ac_arg
do
case "$ac_arg" in
-no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
| --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
-no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
| --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
*" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
*) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
esac
done
# NLS nuisances.
# Only set these to C if already set. These must not be set unconditionally
# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi
if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}" = set; then LC_CTYPE=C; export LC_CTYPE; fi
# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
echo > confdefs.h
# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
ac_unique_file=Makefile.in
# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
if test -z "$srcdir"; then
ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
# Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
ac_prog=$0
ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
srcdir=$ac_confdir
if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
srcdir=..
fi
else
ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
fi
if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
{ echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
else
{ echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
fi
srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
else
CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
fi
fi
for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
. "$ac_site_file"
fi
done
if test -r "$cache_file"; then
echo "loading cache $cache_file"
. $cache_file
else
echo "creating cache $cache_file"
> $cache_file
fi
ac_ext=c
# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
# Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
ac_n= ac_c='
' ac_t=' '
else
ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
fi
else
ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
fi
ac_aux_dir=
for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do
if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
break
elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
break
fi
done
if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
{ echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster),
# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or
# incompatible versions:
# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
# SunOS /usr/etc/install
# IRIX /sbin/install
# AIX /bin/install
# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:555: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
for ac_dir in $PATH; do
# Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
case "$ac_dir/" in
/|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
*)
# OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
# Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
# by default.
for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
if test $ac_prog = install &&
grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
# AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention.
:
else
ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
break 2
fi
fi
done
;;
esac
done
IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
fi
if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
else
# As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a
# path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
# break other packages using the cache if that directory is
# removed, or if the path is relative.
INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
fi
fi
echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
trap '' 1 2 15
cat > confcache <<\EOF
# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
# scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems.
# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
#
# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
# creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure
# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
# --recheck option to rerun configure.
#
EOF
# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
(set) 2>&1 |
case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1 | grep ac_space` in
*ac_space=\ *)
# `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
# turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
sed -n \
-e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
-e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
;;
*)
# `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
;;
esac >> confcache
if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
:
else
if test -w $cache_file; then
echo "updating cache $cache_file"
cat confcache > $cache_file
else
echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
fi
fi
rm -f confcache
trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
# Let make expand exec_prefix.
test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d'
fi
trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF
s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g
s%[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g
s%\[%\\&%g
s%\]%\\&%g
s%\$%$$%g
EOF
DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '`
rm -f conftest.defs
# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
#! /bin/sh
# Generated automatically by configure.
# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
# This directory was configured as follows,
# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
#
# $0 $ac_configure_args
#
# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
for ac_option
do
case "\$ac_option" in
-recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
-version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12.1"
exit 0 ;;
-help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
*) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
esac
done
ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL"
trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
EOF
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
$ac_vpsub
$extrasub
s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g
s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
CEOF
EOF
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
ac_more_lines=:
ac_sed_cmds=""
while $ac_more_lines; do
if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
else
sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
fi
if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
ac_more_lines=false
rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
else
if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
else
ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
fi
ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
ac_beg=$ac_end
ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
fi
done
if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
ac_sed_cmds=cat
fi
EOF
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile"}
EOF
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
# Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
case "$ac_file" in
*:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
*) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
esac
# Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
# Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname.
ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
# The file is in a subdirectory.
test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
# A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
else
ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
fi
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
.) srcdir=.
if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
/*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
*) # Relative path.
srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
esac
case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
[/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
*) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
esac
echo creating "$ac_file"
rm -f "$ac_file"
configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
case "$ac_file" in
*Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
# $configure_input" ;;
*) ac_comsub= ;;
esac
ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
sed -e "$ac_comsub
s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
fi; done
rm -f conftest.s*
EOF
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
EOF
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
exit 0
EOF
chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1

7
etc/configure.in
View File

@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
AC_PREREQ(2.5)
AC_INIT(Makefile.in)
AC_PROG_INSTALL
AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)

2644
etc/configure.texi
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

368
etc/fdl.texi
View File

@ -1,368 +0,0 @@
@c -*-texinfo-*-
@node GNU Free Documentation License, , , Copying This Manual
@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
@center Version 1.1, March 2000
@display
Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
@end display
@sp 1
@enumerate 0
@item
PREAMBLE
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document ``free'' in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
@sp 1
@item
APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License. The ``Document'', below, refers to any
such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as ``you.''
A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.
A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.
The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.
The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.
A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is
not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque.''
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.
The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
@sp 1
@item
VERBATIM COPYING
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.
@sp 1
@item
COPYING IN QUANTITY
If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
@sp 1
@item
MODIFICATIONS
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
if the original publisher of that version gives permission.@*
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).@*
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
Modified Version, as the publisher.@*
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.@*
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
adjacent to the other copyright notices.@*
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.@*
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.@*
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.@*
I. Preserve the section entitled ``History'', and its title, and add to
it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
there is no section entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
Version as stated in the previous sentence.@*
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.@*
K. In any section entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'',
preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
and/or dedications given therein.@*
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.@*
M. Delete any section entitled ``Endorsements.'' Such a section
may not be included in the Modified Version.@*
N. Do not retitle any existing section as ``Endorsements''
or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.@*
@sp 1
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
@sp 1
@item
COMBINING DOCUMENTS
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled ``History''
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
``History''; likewise combine any sections entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
and any sections entitled ``Dedications.'' You must delete all sections
entitled ``Endorsements.''
@sp 1
@item
COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
@sp 1
@item
AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation. Such a compilation is called an ``aggregate'', and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
@sp 1
@item
TRANSLATION
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.
@sp 1
@item
TERMINATION
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
@sp 1
@item
FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
@end enumerate
@unnumberedsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:
@smallexample
@group
Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with the
Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts being @var{list}.
A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
Free Documentation License."
@end group
@end smallexample
If you have no Invariant Sections, write ``with no Invariant Sections''
instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write ``no Front-Cover Texts'' instead of
``Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}''; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

955
etc/make-stds.texi
View File

@ -1,955 +0,0 @@
@comment This file is included by both standards.texi and make.texinfo.
@comment It was broken out of standards.texi on 1/6/93 by roland.
@node Makefile Conventions
@chapter Makefile Conventions
@comment standards.texi does not print an index, but make.texinfo does.
@cindex makefile, conventions for
@cindex conventions for makefiles
@cindex standards for makefiles
@c Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free
@c Software Foundation, Inc.
@c Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
@c under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
@c or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
@c with no Invariant Sections, with no
@c Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts.
@c A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
@c Free Documentation License''.
This
@ifinfo
node
@end ifinfo
@iftex
@ifset CODESTD
section
@end ifset
@ifclear CODESTD
chapter
@end ifclear
@end iftex
describes conventions for writing the Makefiles for GNU programs.
Using Automake will help you write a Makefile that follows these
conventions.
@menu
* Makefile Basics:: General Conventions for Makefiles
* Utilities in Makefiles:: Utilities in Makefiles
* Command Variables:: Variables for Specifying Commands
* Directory Variables:: Variables for Installation Directories
* Standard Targets:: Standard Targets for Users
* Install Command Categories:: Three categories of commands in the `install'
rule: normal, pre-install and post-install.
@end menu
@node Makefile Basics
@section General Conventions for Makefiles
Every Makefile should contain this line:
@example
SHELL = /bin/sh
@end example
@noindent
to avoid trouble on systems where the @code{SHELL} variable might be
inherited from the environment. (This is never a problem with GNU
@code{make}.)
Different @code{make} programs have incompatible suffix lists and
implicit rules, and this sometimes creates confusion or misbehavior. So
it is a good idea to set the suffix list explicitly using only the
suffixes you need in the particular Makefile, like this:
@example
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .o
@end example
@noindent
The first line clears out the suffix list, the second introduces all
suffixes which may be subject to implicit rules in this Makefile.
Don't assume that @file{.} is in the path for command execution. When
you need to run programs that are a part of your package during the
make, please make sure that it uses @file{./} if the program is built as
part of the make or @file{$(srcdir)/} if the file is an unchanging part
of the source code. Without one of these prefixes, the current search
path is used.
The distinction between @file{./} (the @dfn{build directory}) and
@file{$(srcdir)/} (the @dfn{source directory}) is important because
users can build in a separate directory using the @samp{--srcdir} option
to @file{configure}. A rule of the form:
@smallexample
foo.1 : foo.man sedscript
sed -e sedscript foo.man > foo.1
@end smallexample
@noindent
will fail when the build directory is not the source directory, because
@file{foo.man} and @file{sedscript} are in the source directory.
When using GNU @code{make}, relying on @samp{VPATH} to find the source
file will work in the case where there is a single dependency file,
since the @code{make} automatic variable @samp{$<} will represent the
source file wherever it is. (Many versions of @code{make} set @samp{$<}
only in implicit rules.) A Makefile target like
@smallexample
foo.o : bar.c
$(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) -c bar.c -o foo.o
@end smallexample
@noindent
should instead be written as
@smallexample
foo.o : bar.c
$(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) -c $< -o $@@
@end smallexample
@noindent
in order to allow @samp{VPATH} to work correctly. When the target has
multiple dependencies, using an explicit @samp{$(srcdir)} is the easiest
way to make the rule work well. For example, the target above for
@file{foo.1} is best written as:
@smallexample
foo.1 : foo.man sedscript
sed -e $(srcdir)/sedscript $(srcdir)/foo.man > $@@
@end smallexample
GNU distributions usually contain some files which are not source
files---for example, Info files, and the output from Autoconf, Automake,
Bison or Flex. Since these files normally appear in the source
directory, they should always appear in the source directory, not in the
build directory. So Makefile rules to update them should put the
updated files in the source directory.
However, if a file does not appear in the distribution, then the
Makefile should not put it in the source directory, because building a
program in ordinary circumstances should not modify the source directory
in any way.
Try to make the build and installation targets, at least (and all their
subtargets) work correctly with a parallel @code{make}.
@node Utilities in Makefiles
@section Utilities in Makefiles
Write the Makefile commands (and any shell scripts, such as
@code{configure}) to run in @code{sh}, not in @code{csh}. Don't use any
special features of @code{ksh} or @code{bash}.
The @code{configure} script and the Makefile rules for building and
installation should not use any utilities directly except these:
@c dd find
@c gunzip gzip md5sum
@c mkfifo mknod tee uname
@example
cat cmp cp diff echo egrep expr false grep install-info
ln ls mkdir mv pwd rm rmdir sed sleep sort tar test touch true
@end example
The compression program @code{gzip} can be used in the @code{dist} rule.
Stick to the generally supported options for these programs. For
example, don't use @samp{mkdir -p}, convenient as it may be, because
most systems don't support it.
It is a good idea to avoid creating symbolic links in makefiles, since a
few systems don't support them.
The Makefile rules for building and installation can also use compilers
and related programs, but should do so via @code{make} variables so that the
user can substitute alternatives. Here are some of the programs we
mean:
@example
ar bison cc flex install ld ldconfig lex
make makeinfo ranlib texi2dvi yacc
@end example
Use the following @code{make} variables to run those programs:
@example
$(AR) $(BISON) $(CC) $(FLEX) $(INSTALL) $(LD) $(LDCONFIG) $(LEX)
$(MAKE) $(MAKEINFO) $(RANLIB) $(TEXI2DVI) $(YACC)
@end example
When you use @code{ranlib} or @code{ldconfig}, you should make sure
nothing bad happens if the system does not have the program in question.
Arrange to ignore an error from that command, and print a message before
the command to tell the user that failure of this command does not mean
a problem. (The Autoconf @samp{AC_PROG_RANLIB} macro can help with
this.)
If you use symbolic links, you should implement a fallback for systems
that don't have symbolic links.
Additional utilities that can be used via Make variables are:
@example
chgrp chmod chown mknod
@end example
It is ok to use other utilities in Makefile portions (or scripts)
intended only for particular systems where you know those utilities
exist.
@node Command Variables
@section Variables for Specifying Commands
Makefiles should provide variables for overriding certain commands, options,
and so on.
In particular, you should run most utility programs via variables.
Thus, if you use Bison, have a variable named @code{BISON} whose default
value is set with @samp{BISON = bison}, and refer to it with
@code{$(BISON)} whenever you need to use Bison.
File management utilities such as @code{ln}, @code{rm}, @code{mv}, and
so on, need not be referred to through variables in this way, since users
don't need to replace them with other programs.
Each program-name variable should come with an options variable that is
used to supply options to the program. Append @samp{FLAGS} to the
program-name variable name to get the options variable name---for
example, @code{BISONFLAGS}. (The names @code{CFLAGS} for the C
compiler, @code{YFLAGS} for yacc, and @code{LFLAGS} for lex, are
exceptions to this rule, but we keep them because they are standard.)
Use @code{CPPFLAGS} in any compilation command that runs the
preprocessor, and use @code{LDFLAGS} in any compilation command that
does linking as well as in any direct use of @code{ld}.
If there are C compiler options that @emph{must} be used for proper
compilation of certain files, do not include them in @code{CFLAGS}.
Users expect to be able to specify @code{CFLAGS} freely themselves.
Instead, arrange to pass the necessary options to the C compiler
independently of @code{CFLAGS}, by writing them explicitly in the
compilation commands or by defining an implicit rule, like this:
@smallexample
CFLAGS = -g
ALL_CFLAGS = -I. $(CFLAGS)
.c.o:
$(CC) -c $(CPPFLAGS) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $<
@end smallexample
Do include the @samp{-g} option in @code{CFLAGS}, because that is not
@emph{required} for proper compilation. You can consider it a default
that is only recommended. If the package is set up so that it is
compiled with GCC by default, then you might as well include @samp{-O}
in the default value of @code{CFLAGS} as well.
Put @code{CFLAGS} last in the compilation command, after other variables
containing compiler options, so the user can use @code{CFLAGS} to
override the others.
@code{CFLAGS} should be used in every invocation of the C compiler,
both those which do compilation and those which do linking.
Every Makefile should define the variable @code{INSTALL}, which is the
basic command for installing a file into the system.
Every Makefile should also define the variables @code{INSTALL_PROGRAM}
and @code{INSTALL_DATA}. (The default for @code{INSTALL_PROGRAM} should
be @code{$(INSTALL)}; the default for @code{INSTALL_DATA} should be
@code{$@{INSTALL@} -m 644}.) Then it should use those variables as the
commands for actual installation, for executables and nonexecutables
respectively. Use these variables as follows:
@example
$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) foo $(bindir)/foo
$(INSTALL_DATA) libfoo.a $(libdir)/libfoo.a
@end example
Optionally, you may prepend the value of @code{DESTDIR} to the target
filename. Doing this allows the installer to create a snapshot of the
installation to be copied onto the real target filesystem later. Do not
set the value of @code{DESTDIR} in your Makefile, and do not include it
in any installed files. With support for @code{DESTDIR}, the above
examples become:
@example
$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) foo $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/foo
$(INSTALL_DATA) libfoo.a $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libfoo.a
@end example
@noindent
Always use a file name, not a directory name, as the second argument of
the installation commands. Use a separate command for each file to be
installed.
@node Directory Variables
@section Variables for Installation Directories
Installation directories should always be named by variables, so it is
easy to install in a nonstandard place. The standard names for these
variables are described below. They are based on a standard filesystem
layout; variants of it are used in SVR4, 4.4BSD, GNU/Linux, Ultrix v4,
and other modern operating systems.
These two variables set the root for the installation. All the other
installation directories should be subdirectories of one of these two,
and nothing should be directly installed into these two directories.
@table @code
@item prefix
@vindex prefix
A prefix used in constructing the default values of the variables listed
below. The default value of @code{prefix} should be @file{/usr/local}.
When building the complete GNU system, the prefix will be empty and
@file{/usr} will be a symbolic link to @file{/}.
(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@prefix@@}.)
Running @samp{make install} with a different value of @code{prefix} from
the one used to build the program should @emph{not} recompile the
program.
@item exec_prefix
@vindex exec_prefix
A prefix used in constructing the default values of some of the
variables listed below. The default value of @code{exec_prefix} should
be @code{$(prefix)}.
(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@exec_prefix@@}.)
Generally, @code{$(exec_prefix)} is used for directories that contain
machine-specific files (such as executables and subroutine libraries),
while @code{$(prefix)} is used directly for other directories.
Running @samp{make install} with a different value of @code{exec_prefix}
from the one used to build the program should @emph{not} recompile the
program.
@end table
Executable programs are installed in one of the following directories.
@table @code
@item bindir
@vindex bindir
The directory for installing executable programs that users can run.
This should normally be @file{/usr/local/bin}, but write it as
@file{$(exec_prefix)/bin}.
(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@bindir@@}.)
@item sbindir
@vindex sbindir
The directory for installing executable programs that can be run from
the shell, but are only generally useful to system administrators. This
should normally be @file{/usr/local/sbin}, but write it as
@file{$(exec_prefix)/sbin}.
(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@sbindir@@}.)
@item libexecdir
@vindex libexecdir
@comment This paragraph adjusted to avoid overfull hbox --roland 5jul94
The directory for installing executable programs to be run by other
programs rather than by users. This directory should normally be
@file{/usr/local/libexec}, but write it as @file{$(exec_prefix)/libexec}.
(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@libexecdir@@}.)
@end table
Data files used by the program during its execution are divided into
categories in two ways.
@itemize @bullet
@item
Some files are normally modified by programs; others are never normally
modified (though users may edit some of these).
@item
Some files are architecture-independent and can be shared by all
machines at a site; some are architecture-dependent and can be shared
only by machines of the same kind and operating system; others may never
be shared between two machines.
@end itemize
This makes for six different possibilities. However, we want to
discourage the use of architecture-dependent files, aside from object
files and libraries. It is much cleaner to make other data files
architecture-independent, and it is generally not hard.
Therefore, here are the variables Makefiles should use to specify
directories:
@table @samp
@item datadir
The directory for installing read-only architecture independent data
files. This should normally be @file{/usr/local/share}, but write it as
@file{$(prefix)/share}.
(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@datadir@@}.)
As a special exception, see @file{$(infodir)}
and @file{$(includedir)} below.
@item sysconfdir
The directory for installing read-only data files that pertain to a
single machine--that is to say, files for configuring a host. Mailer
and network configuration files, @file{/etc/passwd}, and so forth belong
here. All the files in this directory should be ordinary ASCII text
files. This directory should normally be @file{/usr/local/etc}, but
write it as @file{$(prefix)/etc}.
(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@sysconfdir@@}.)
Do not install executables here in this directory (they probably belong
in @file{$(libexecdir)} or @file{$(sbindir)}). Also do not install
files that are modified in the normal course of their use (programs
whose purpose is to change the configuration of the system excluded).
Those probably belong in @file{$(localstatedir)}.
@item sharedstatedir
The directory for installing architecture-independent data files which
the programs modify while they run. This should normally be
@file{/usr/local/com}, but write it as @file{$(prefix)/com}.
(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@sharedstatedir@@}.)
@item localstatedir
The directory for installing data files which the programs modify while
they run, and that pertain to one specific machine. Users should never
need to modify files in this directory to configure the package's
operation; put such configuration information in separate files that go
in @file{$(datadir)} or @file{$(sysconfdir)}. @file{$(localstatedir)}
should normally be @file{/usr/local/var}, but write it as
@file{$(prefix)/var}.
(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@localstatedir@@}.)
@item libdir
The directory for object files and libraries of object code. Do not
install executables here, they probably ought to go in @file{$(libexecdir)}
instead. The value of @code{libdir} should normally be
@file{/usr/local/lib}, but write it as @file{$(exec_prefix)/lib}.
(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@libdir@@}.)
@item infodir
The directory for installing the Info files for this package. By
default, it should be @file{/usr/local/info}, but it should be written
as @file{$(prefix)/info}.
(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@infodir@@}.)
@item lispdir
The directory for installing any Emacs Lisp files in this package. By
default, it should be @file{/usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp}, but it
should be written as @file{$(prefix)/share/emacs/site-lisp}.
If you are using Autoconf, write the default as @samp{@@lispdir@@}.
In order to make @samp{@@lispdir@@} work, you need the following lines
in your @file{configure.in} file:
@example
lispdir='$@{datadir@}/emacs/site-lisp'
AC_SUBST(lispdir)
@end example
@item includedir
@c rewritten to avoid overfull hbox --roland
The directory for installing header files to be included by user
programs with the C @samp{#include} preprocessor directive. This
should normally be @file{/usr/local/include}, but write it as
@file{$(prefix)/include}.
(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@includedir@@}.)
Most compilers other than GCC do not look for header files in directory
@file{/usr/local/include}. So installing the header files this way is
only useful with GCC. Sometimes this is not a problem because some
libraries are only really intended to work with GCC. But some libraries
are intended to work with other compilers. They should install their
header files in two places, one specified by @code{includedir} and one
specified by @code{oldincludedir}.
@item oldincludedir
The directory for installing @samp{#include} header files for use with
compilers other than GCC. This should normally be @file{/usr/include}.
(If you are using Autoconf, you can write it as @samp{@@oldincludedir@@}.)
The Makefile commands should check whether the value of
@code{oldincludedir} is empty. If it is, they should not try to use
it; they should cancel the second installation of the header files.
A package should not replace an existing header in this directory unless
the header came from the same package. Thus, if your Foo package
provides a header file @file{foo.h}, then it should install the header
file in the @code{oldincludedir} directory if either (1) there is no
@file{foo.h} there or (2) the @file{foo.h} that exists came from the Foo
package.
To tell whether @file{foo.h} came from the Foo package, put a magic
string in the file---part of a comment---and @code{grep} for that string.
@end table
Unix-style man pages are installed in one of the following:
@table @samp
@item mandir
The top-level directory for installing the man pages (if any) for this
package. It will normally be @file{/usr/local/man}, but you should
write it as @file{$(prefix)/man}.
(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@mandir@@}.)
@item man1dir
The directory for installing section 1 man pages. Write it as
@file{$(mandir)/man1}.
@item man2dir
The directory for installing section 2 man pages. Write it as
@file{$(mandir)/man2}
@item @dots{}
@strong{Don't make the primary documentation for any GNU software be a
man page. Write a manual in Texinfo instead. Man pages are just for
the sake of people running GNU software on Unix, which is a secondary
application only.}
@item manext
The file name extension for the installed man page. This should contain
a period followed by the appropriate digit; it should normally be @samp{.1}.
@item man1ext
The file name extension for installed section 1 man pages.
@item man2ext
The file name extension for installed section 2 man pages.
@item @dots{}
Use these names instead of @samp{manext} if the package needs to install man
pages in more than one section of the manual.
@end table
And finally, you should set the following variable:
@table @samp
@item srcdir
The directory for the sources being compiled. The value of this
variable is normally inserted by the @code{configure} shell script.
(If you are using Autconf, use @samp{srcdir = @@srcdir@@}.)
@end table
For example:
@smallexample
@c I have changed some of the comments here slightly to fix an overfull
@c hbox, so the make manual can format correctly. --roland
# Common prefix for installation directories.
# NOTE: This directory must exist when you start the install.
prefix = /usr/local
exec_prefix = $(prefix)
# Where to put the executable for the command `gcc'.
bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin
# Where to put the directories used by the compiler.
libexecdir = $(exec_prefix)/libexec
# Where to put the Info files.
infodir = $(prefix)/info
@end smallexample
If your program installs a large number of files into one of the
standard user-specified directories, it might be useful to group them
into a subdirectory particular to that program. If you do this, you
should write the @code{install} rule to create these subdirectories.
Do not expect the user to include the subdirectory name in the value of
any of the variables listed above. The idea of having a uniform set of
variable names for installation directories is to enable the user to
specify the exact same values for several different GNU packages. In
order for this to be useful, all the packages must be designed so that
they will work sensibly when the user does so.
@node Standard Targets
@section Standard Targets for Users
All GNU programs should have the following targets in their Makefiles:
@table @samp
@item all
Compile the entire program. This should be the default target. This
target need not rebuild any documentation files; Info files should
normally be included in the distribution, and DVI files should be made
only when explicitly asked for.
By default, the Make rules should compile and link with @samp{-g}, so
that executable programs have debugging symbols. Users who don't mind
being helpless can strip the executables later if they wish.
@item install
Compile the program and copy the executables, libraries, and so on to
the file names where they should reside for actual use. If there is a
simple test to verify that a program is properly installed, this target
should run that test.
Do not strip executables when installing them. Devil-may-care users can
use the @code{install-strip} target to do that.
If possible, write the @code{install} target rule so that it does not
modify anything in the directory where the program was built, provided
@samp{make all} has just been done. This is convenient for building the
program under one user name and installing it under another.
The commands should create all the directories in which files are to be
installed, if they don't already exist. This includes the directories
specified as the values of the variables @code{prefix} and
@code{exec_prefix}, as well as all subdirectories that are needed.
One way to do this is by means of an @code{installdirs} target
as described below.
Use @samp{-} before any command for installing a man page, so that
@code{make} will ignore any errors. This is in case there are systems
that don't have the Unix man page documentation system installed.
The way to install Info files is to copy them into @file{$(infodir)}
with @code{$(INSTALL_DATA)} (@pxref{Command Variables}), and then run
the @code{install-info} program if it is present. @code{install-info}
is a program that edits the Info @file{dir} file to add or update the
menu entry for the given Info file; it is part of the Texinfo package.
Here is a sample rule to install an Info file:
@comment This example has been carefully formatted for the Make manual.
@comment Please do not reformat it without talking to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu.
@smallexample
$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/foo.info: foo.info
$(POST_INSTALL)
# There may be a newer info file in . than in srcdir.
-if test -f foo.info; then d=.; \
else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/foo.info $(DESTDIR)$@@; \
# Run install-info only if it exists.
# Use `if' instead of just prepending `-' to the
# line so we notice real errors from install-info.
# We use `$(SHELL) -c' because some shells do not
# fail gracefully when there is an unknown command.
if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version' \
>/dev/null 2>&1; then \
install-info --dir-file=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/dir \
$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/foo.info; \
else true; fi
@end smallexample
When writing the @code{install} target, you must classify all the
commands into three categories: normal ones, @dfn{pre-installation}
commands and @dfn{post-installation} commands. @xref{Install Command
Categories}.
@item uninstall
Delete all the installed files---the copies that the @samp{install}
target creates.
This rule should not modify the directories where compilation is done,
only the directories where files are installed.
The uninstallation commands are divided into three categories, just like
the installation commands. @xref{Install Command Categories}.
@item install-strip
Like @code{install}, but strip the executable files while installing
them. In simple cases, this target can use the @code{install} target in
a simple way:
@smallexample
install-strip:
$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' \
install
@end smallexample
But if the package installs scripts as well as real executables, the
@code{install-strip} target can't just refer to the @code{install}
target; it has to strip the executables but not the scripts.
@code{install-strip} should not strip the executables in the build
directory which are being copied for installation. It should only strip
the copies that are installed.
Normally we do not recommend stripping an executable unless you are sure
the program has no bugs. However, it can be reasonable to install a
stripped executable for actual execution while saving the unstripped
executable elsewhere in case there is a bug.
@comment The gratuitous blank line here is to make the table look better
@comment in the printed Make manual. Please leave it in.
@item clean
Delete all files from the current directory that are normally created by
building the program. Don't delete the files that record the
configuration. Also preserve files that could be made by building, but
normally aren't because the distribution comes with them.
Delete @file{.dvi} files here if they are not part of the distribution.
@item distclean
Delete all files from the current directory that are created by
configuring or building the program. If you have unpacked the source
and built the program without creating any other files, @samp{make
distclean} should leave only the files that were in the distribution.
@item mostlyclean
Like @samp{clean}, but may refrain from deleting a few files that people
normally don't want to recompile. For example, the @samp{mostlyclean}
target for GCC does not delete @file{libgcc.a}, because recompiling it
is rarely necessary and takes a lot of time.
@item maintainer-clean
Delete almost everything from the current directory that can be
reconstructed with this Makefile. This typically includes everything
deleted by @code{distclean}, plus more: C source files produced by
Bison, tags tables, Info files, and so on.
The reason we say ``almost everything'' is that running the command
@samp{make maintainer-clean} should not delete @file{configure} even if
@file{configure} can be remade using a rule in the Makefile. More generally,
@samp{make maintainer-clean} should not delete anything that needs to
exist in order to run @file{configure} and then begin to build the
program. This is the only exception; @code{maintainer-clean} should
delete everything else that can be rebuilt.
The @samp{maintainer-clean} target is intended to be used by a maintainer of
the package, not by ordinary users. You may need special tools to
reconstruct some of the files that @samp{make maintainer-clean} deletes.
Since these files are normally included in the distribution, we don't
take care to make them easy to reconstruct. If you find you need to
unpack the full distribution again, don't blame us.
To help make users aware of this, the commands for the special
@code{maintainer-clean} target should start with these two:
@smallexample
@@echo 'This command is intended for maintainers to use; it'
@@echo 'deletes files that may need special tools to rebuild.'
@end smallexample
@item TAGS
Update a tags table for this program.
@c ADR: how?
@item info
Generate any Info files needed. The best way to write the rules is as
follows:
@smallexample
info: foo.info
foo.info: foo.texi chap1.texi chap2.texi
$(MAKEINFO) $(srcdir)/foo.texi
@end smallexample
@noindent
You must define the variable @code{MAKEINFO} in the Makefile. It should
run the @code{makeinfo} program, which is part of the Texinfo
distribution.
Normally a GNU distribution comes with Info files, and that means the
Info files are present in the source directory. Therefore, the Make
rule for an info file should update it in the source directory. When
users build the package, ordinarily Make will not update the Info files
because they will already be up to date.
@item dvi
Generate DVI files for all Texinfo documentation.
For example:
@smallexample
dvi: foo.dvi
foo.dvi: foo.texi chap1.texi chap2.texi
$(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/foo.texi
@end smallexample
@noindent
You must define the variable @code{TEXI2DVI} in the Makefile. It should
run the program @code{texi2dvi}, which is part of the Texinfo
distribution.@footnote{@code{texi2dvi} uses @TeX{} to do the real work
of formatting. @TeX{} is not distributed with Texinfo.} Alternatively,
write just the dependencies, and allow GNU @code{make} to provide the command.
@item dist
Create a distribution tar file for this program. The tar file should be
set up so that the file names in the tar file start with a subdirectory
name which is the name of the package it is a distribution for. This
name can include the version number.
For example, the distribution tar file of GCC version 1.40 unpacks into
a subdirectory named @file{gcc-1.40}.
The easiest way to do this is to create a subdirectory appropriately
named, use @code{ln} or @code{cp} to install the proper files in it, and
then @code{tar} that subdirectory.
Compress the tar file with @code{gzip}. For example, the actual
distribution file for GCC version 1.40 is called @file{gcc-1.40.tar.gz}.
The @code{dist} target should explicitly depend on all non-source files
that are in the distribution, to make sure they are up to date in the
distribution.
@ifset CODESTD
@xref{Releases, , Making Releases}.
@end ifset
@ifclear CODESTD
@xref{Releases, , Making Releases, standards, GNU Coding Standards}.
@end ifclear
@item check
Perform self-tests (if any). The user must build the program before
running the tests, but need not install the program; you should write
the self-tests so that they work when the program is built but not
installed.
@end table
The following targets are suggested as conventional names, for programs
in which they are useful.
@table @code
@item installcheck
Perform installation tests (if any). The user must build and install
the program before running the tests. You should not assume that
@file{$(bindir)} is in the search path.
@item installdirs
It's useful to add a target named @samp{installdirs} to create the
directories where files are installed, and their parent directories.
There is a script called @file{mkinstalldirs} which is convenient for
this; you can find it in the Texinfo package.
@c It's in /gd/gnu/lib/mkinstalldirs.
You can use a rule like this:
@comment This has been carefully formatted to look decent in the Make manual.
@comment Please be sure not to make it extend any further to the right.--roland
@smallexample
# Make sure all installation directories (e.g. $(bindir))
# actually exist by making them if necessary.
installdirs: mkinstalldirs
$(srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(bindir) $(datadir) \
$(libdir) $(infodir) \
$(mandir)
@end smallexample
@noindent
or, if you wish to support @env{DESTDIR},
@smallexample
# Make sure all installation directories (e.g. $(bindir))
# actually exist by making them if necessary.
installdirs: mkinstalldirs
$(srcdir)/mkinstalldirs \
$(DESTDIR)$(bindir) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir) \
$(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) \
$(DESTDIR)$(mandir)
@end smallexample
This rule should not modify the directories where compilation is done.
It should do nothing but create installation directories.
@end table
@node Install Command Categories
@section Install Command Categories
@cindex pre-installation commands
@cindex post-installation commands
When writing the @code{install} target, you must classify all the
commands into three categories: normal ones, @dfn{pre-installation}
commands and @dfn{post-installation} commands.
Normal commands move files into their proper places, and set their
modes. They may not alter any files except the ones that come entirely
from the package they belong to.
Pre-installation and post-installation commands may alter other files;
in particular, they can edit global configuration files or data bases.
Pre-installation commands are typically executed before the normal
commands, and post-installation commands are typically run after the
normal commands.
The most common use for a post-installation command is to run
@code{install-info}. This cannot be done with a normal command, since
it alters a file (the Info directory) which does not come entirely and
solely from the package being installed. It is a post-installation
command because it needs to be done after the normal command which
installs the package's Info files.
Most programs don't need any pre-installation commands, but we have the
feature just in case it is needed.
To classify the commands in the @code{install} rule into these three
categories, insert @dfn{category lines} among them. A category line
specifies the category for the commands that follow.
A category line consists of a tab and a reference to a special Make
variable, plus an optional comment at the end. There are three
variables you can use, one for each category; the variable name
specifies the category. Category lines are no-ops in ordinary execution
because these three Make variables are normally undefined (and you
@emph{should not} define them in the makefile).
Here are the three possible category lines, each with a comment that
explains what it means:
@smallexample
$(PRE_INSTALL) # @r{Pre-install commands follow.}
$(POST_INSTALL) # @r{Post-install commands follow.}
$(NORMAL_INSTALL) # @r{Normal commands follow.}
@end smallexample
If you don't use a category line at the beginning of the @code{install}
rule, all the commands are classified as normal until the first category
line. If you don't use any category lines, all the commands are
classified as normal.
These are the category lines for @code{uninstall}:
@smallexample
$(PRE_UNINSTALL) # @r{Pre-uninstall commands follow.}
$(POST_UNINSTALL) # @r{Post-uninstall commands follow.}
$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) # @r{Normal commands follow.}
@end smallexample
Typically, a pre-uninstall command would be used for deleting entries
from the Info directory.
If the @code{install} or @code{uninstall} target has any dependencies
which act as subroutines of installation, then you should start
@emph{each} dependency's commands with a category line, and start the
main target's commands with a category line also. This way, you can
ensure that each command is placed in the right category regardless of
which of the dependencies actually run.
Pre-installation and post-installation commands should not run any
programs except for these:
@example
[ basename bash cat chgrp chmod chown cmp cp dd diff echo
egrep expand expr false fgrep find getopt grep gunzip gzip
hostname install install-info kill ldconfig ln ls md5sum
mkdir mkfifo mknod mv printenv pwd rm rmdir sed sort tee
test touch true uname xargs yes
@end example
@cindex binary packages
The reason for distinguishing the commands in this way is for the sake
of making binary packages. Typically a binary package contains all the
executables and other files that need to be installed, and has its own
method of installing them---so it does not need to run the normal
installation commands. But installing the binary package does need to
execute the pre-installation and post-installation commands.
Programs to build binary packages work by extracting the
pre-installation and post-installation commands. Here is one way of
extracting the pre-installation commands:
@smallexample
make -n install -o all \
PRE_INSTALL=pre-install \
POST_INSTALL=post-install \
NORMAL_INSTALL=normal-install \
| gawk -f pre-install.awk
@end smallexample
@noindent
where the file @file{pre-install.awk} could contain this:
@smallexample
$0 ~ /^\t[ \t]*(normal_install|post_install)[ \t]*$/ @{on = 0@}
on @{print $0@}
$0 ~ /^\t[ \t]*pre_install[ \t]*$/ @{on = 1@}
@end smallexample
The resulting file of pre-installation commands is executed as a shell
script as part of installing the binary package.

3742
etc/standards.texi
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

427
etc/texi2pod.pl
View File

@ -1,427 +0,0 @@
#! /usr/bin/perl -w
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 200 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is part of GNU CC.
# GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
# the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
# Boston MA 02111-1307, USA.
# This does trivial (and I mean _trivial_) conversion of Texinfo
# markup to Perl POD format. It's intended to be used to extract
# something suitable for a manpage from a Texinfo document.
$output = 0;
$skipping = 0;
%sects = ();
$section = "";
@icstack = ();
@endwstack = ();
@skstack = ();
@instack = ();
$shift = "";
%defs = ();
$fnno = 1;
$inf = "";
$ibase = "";
while ($_ = shift) {
if (/^-D(.*)$/) {
if ($1 ne "") {
$flag = $1;
} else {
$flag = shift;
}
$value = "";
($flag, $value) = ($flag =~ /^([^=]+)(?:=(.+))?/);
die "no flag specified for -D\n"
unless $flag ne "";
die "flags may only contain letters, digits, hyphens, dashes and underscores\n"
unless $flag =~ /^[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+$/;
$defs{$flag} = $value;
} elsif (/^-/) {
usage();
} else {
$in = $_, next unless defined $in;
$out = $_, next unless defined $out;
usage();
}
}
if (defined $in) {
$inf = gensym();
open($inf, "<$in") or die "opening \"$in\": $!\n";
$ibase = $1 if $in =~ m|^(.+)/[^/]+$|;
} else {
$inf = \*STDIN;
}
if (defined $out) {
open(STDOUT, ">$out") or die "opening \"$out\": $!\n";
}
while(defined $inf) {
while(<$inf>) {
# Certain commands are discarded without further processing.
/^\@(?:
[a-z]+index # @*index: useful only in complete manual
|need # @need: useful only in printed manual
|(?:end\s+)?group # @group .. @end group: ditto
|page # @page: ditto
|node # @node: useful only in .info file
|(?:end\s+)?ifnottex # @ifnottex .. @end ifnottex: use contents
)\b/x and next;
chomp;
# Look for filename and title markers.
/^\@setfilename\s+([^.]+)/ and $fn = $1, next;
/^\@settitle\s+([^.]+)/ and $tl = postprocess($1), next;
# Identify a man title but keep only the one we are interested in.
/^\@c\s+man\s+title\s+([A-Za-z0-9-]+)\s+(.+)/ and do {
if (exists $defs{$1}) {
$fn = $1;
$tl = postprocess($2);
}
next;
};
# Look for blocks surrounded by @c man begin SECTION ... @c man end.
# This really oughta be @ifman ... @end ifman and the like, but such
# would require rev'ing all other Texinfo translators.
/^\@c\s+man\s+begin\s+([A-Z]+)\s+([A-Za-z0-9-]+)/ and do {
$output = 1 if exists $defs{$2};
$sect = $1;
next;
};
/^\@c\s+man\s+begin\s+([A-Z]+)/ and $sect = $1, $output = 1, next;
/^\@c\s+man\s+end/ and do {
$sects{$sect} = "" unless exists $sects{$sect};
$sects{$sect} .= postprocess($section);
$section = "";
$output = 0;
next;
};
# handle variables
/^\@set\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\s*(.*)$/ and do {
$defs{$1} = $2;
next;
};
/^\@clear\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do {
delete $defs{$1};
next;
};
next unless $output;
# Discard comments. (Can't do it above, because then we'd never see
# @c man lines.)
/^\@c\b/ and next;
# End-block handler goes up here because it needs to operate even
# if we are skipping.
/^\@end\s+([a-z]+)/ and do {
# Ignore @end foo, where foo is not an operation which may
# cause us to skip, if we are presently skipping.
my $ended = $1;
next if $skipping && $ended !~ /^(?:ifset|ifclear|ignore|menu|iftex)$/;
die "\@end $ended without \@$ended at line $.\n" unless defined $endw;
die "\@$endw ended by \@end $ended at line $.\n" unless $ended eq $endw;
$endw = pop @endwstack;
if ($ended =~ /^(?:ifset|ifclear|ignore|menu|iftex)$/) {
$skipping = pop @skstack;
next;
} elsif ($ended =~ /^(?:example|smallexample|display)$/) {
$shift = "";
$_ = ""; # need a paragraph break
} elsif ($ended =~ /^(?:itemize|enumerate|[fv]?table)$/) {
$_ = "\n=back\n";
$ic = pop @icstack;
} else {
die "unknown command \@end $ended at line $.\n";
}
};
# We must handle commands which can cause skipping even while we
# are skipping, otherwise we will not process nested conditionals
# correctly.
/^\@ifset\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @skstack, $skipping;
$endw = "ifset";
$skipping = 1 unless exists $defs{$1};
next;
};
/^\@ifclear\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @skstack, $skipping;
$endw = "ifclear";
$skipping = 1 if exists $defs{$1};
next;
};
/^\@(ignore|menu|iftex)\b/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @skstack, $skipping;
$endw = $1;
$skipping = 1;
next;
};
next if $skipping;
# Character entities. First the ones that can be replaced by raw text
# or discarded outright:
s/\@copyright\{\}/(c)/g;
s/\@dots\{\}/.../g;
s/\@enddots\{\}/..../g;
s/\@([.!? ])/$1/g;
s/\@[:-]//g;
s/\@bullet(?:\{\})?/*/g;
s/\@TeX\{\}/TeX/g;
s/\@pounds\{\}/\#/g;
s/\@minus(?:\{\})?/-/g;
s/\\,/,/g;
# Now the ones that have to be replaced by special escapes
# (which will be turned back into text by unmunge())
s/&/&amp;/g;
s/\@\{/&lbrace;/g;
s/\@\}/&rbrace;/g;
s/\@\@/&at;/g;
# Inside a verbatim block, handle @var specially.
if ($shift ne "") {
s/\@var\{([^\}]*)\}/<$1>/g;
}
# POD doesn't interpret E<> inside a verbatim block.
if ($shift eq "") {
s/</&lt;/g;
s/>/&gt;/g;
} else {
s/</&LT;/g;
s/>/&GT;/g;
}
# Single line command handlers.
/^\@include\s+(.+)$/ and do {
push @instack, $inf;
$inf = gensym();
# Try cwd and $ibase.
open($inf, "<" . $1)
or open($inf, "<" . $ibase . "/" . $1)
or die "cannot open $1 or $ibase/$1: $!\n";
next;
};
/^\@(?:section|unnumbered|unnumberedsec|center)\s+(.+)$/
and $_ = "\n=head2 $1\n";
/^\@subsection\s+(.+)$/
and $_ = "\n=head3 $1\n";
# Block command handlers:
/^\@itemize\s+(\@[a-z]+|\*|-)/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @icstack, $ic;
$ic = $1;
$_ = "\n=over 4\n";
$endw = "itemize";
};
/^\@enumerate(?:\s+([a-zA-Z0-9]+))?/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @icstack, $ic;
if (defined $1) {
$ic = $1 . ".";
} else {
$ic = "1.";
}
$_ = "\n=over 4\n";
$endw = "enumerate";
};
/^\@([fv]?table)\s+(\@[a-z]+)/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @icstack, $ic;
$endw = $1;
$ic = $2;
$ic =~ s/\@(?:samp|strong|key|gcctabopt|env)/B/;
$ic =~ s/\@(?:code|kbd)/C/;
$ic =~ s/\@(?:dfn|var|emph|cite|i)/I/;
$ic =~ s/\@(?:file)/F/;
$_ = "\n=over 4\n";
};
/^\@((?:small)?example|display)/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
$endw = $1;
$shift = "\t";
$_ = ""; # need a paragraph break
};
/^\@itemx?\s*(.+)?$/ and do {
if (defined $1) {
# Entity escapes prevent munging by the <> processing below.
$_ = "\n=item $ic\&LT;$1\&GT;\n";
} else {
$_ = "\n=item $ic\n";
$ic =~ y/A-Ya-y/B-Zb-z/;
$ic =~ s/(\d+)/$1 + 1/eg;
}
};
$section .= $shift.$_."\n";
}
# End of current file.
close($inf);
$inf = pop @instack;
}
die "No filename or title\n" unless defined $fn && defined $tl;
$sects{NAME} = "$fn \- $tl\n";
$sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "=back\n" if exists $sects{FOOTNOTES};
for $sect (qw(NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION OPTIONS ENVIRONMENT FILES
BUGS NOTES FOOTNOTES SEEALSO AUTHOR COPYRIGHT)) {
if(exists $sects{$sect}) {
$head = $sect;
$head =~ s/SEEALSO/SEE ALSO/;
print "=head1 $head\n\n";
print scalar unmunge ($sects{$sect});
print "\n";
}
}
sub usage
{
die "usage: $0 [-D toggle...] [infile [outfile]]\n";
}
sub postprocess
{
local $_ = $_[0];
# @value{foo} is replaced by whatever 'foo' is defined as.
while (m/(\@value\{([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\})/g) {
if (! exists $defs{$2}) {
print STDERR "Option $2 not defined\n";
s/\Q$1\E//;
} else {
$value = $defs{$2};
s/\Q$1\E/$value/;
}
}
# Formatting commands.
# Temporary escape for @r.
s/\@r\{([^\}]*)\}/R<$1>/g;
s/\@(?:dfn|var|emph|cite|i)\{([^\}]*)\}/I<$1>/g;
s/\@(?:code|kbd)\{([^\}]*)\}/C<$1>/g;
s/\@(?:gccoptlist|samp|strong|key|option|env|command|b)\{([^\}]*)\}/B<$1>/g;
s/\@sc\{([^\}]*)\}/\U$1/g;
s/\@file\{([^\}]*)\}/F<$1>/g;
s/\@w\{([^\}]*)\}/S<$1>/g;
s/\@(?:dmn|math)\{([^\}]*)\}/$1/g;
# Cross references are thrown away, as are @noindent and @refill.
# (@noindent is impossible in .pod, and @refill is unnecessary.)
# @* is also impossible in .pod; we discard it and any newline that
# follows it. Similarly, our macro @gol must be discarded.
s/\(?\@xref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}(?:[^.<]|(?:<[^<>]*>))*\.\)?//g;
s/\s+\(\@pxref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}\)//g;
s/;\s+\@pxref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}//g;
s/\@noindent\s*//g;
s/\@refill//g;
s/\@gol//g;
s/\@\*\s*\n?//g;
# @uref can take one, two, or three arguments, with different
# semantics each time. @url and @email are just like @uref with
# one argument, for our purposes.
s/\@(?:uref|url|email)\{([^\},]*)\}/&lt;B<$1>&gt;/g;
s/\@uref\{([^\},]*),([^\},]*)\}/$2 (C<$1>)/g;
s/\@uref\{([^\},]*),([^\},]*),([^\},]*)\}/$3/g;
# Turn B<blah I<blah> blah> into B<blah> I<blah> B<blah> to
# match Texinfo semantics of @emph inside @samp. Also handle @r
# inside bold.
s/&LT;/</g;
s/&GT;/>/g;
1 while s/B<((?:[^<>]|I<[^<>]*>)*)R<([^>]*)>/B<$1>${2}B</g;
1 while (s/B<([^<>]*)I<([^>]+)>/B<$1>I<$2>B</g);
1 while (s/I<([^<>]*)B<([^>]+)>/I<$1>B<$2>I</g);
s/[BI]<>//g;
s/([BI])<(\s+)([^>]+)>/$2$1<$3>/g;
s/([BI])<([^>]+?)(\s+)>/$1<$2>$3/g;
# Extract footnotes. This has to be done after all other
# processing because otherwise the regexp will choke on formatting
# inside @footnote.
while (/\@footnote/g) {
s/\@footnote\{([^\}]+)\}/[$fnno]/;
add_footnote($1, $fnno);
$fnno++;
}
return $_;
}
sub unmunge
{
# Replace escaped symbols with their equivalents.
local $_ = $_[0];
s/&lt;/E<lt>/g;
s/&gt;/E<gt>/g;
s/&lbrace;/\{/g;
s/&rbrace;/\}/g;
s/&at;/\@/g;
s/&amp;/&/g;
return $_;
}
sub add_footnote
{
unless (exists $sects{FOOTNOTES}) {
$sects{FOOTNOTES} = "\n=over 4\n\n";
}
$sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "=item $fnno.\n\n"; $fnno++;
$sects{FOOTNOTES} .= $_[0];
$sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "\n\n";
}
# stolen from Symbol.pm
{
my $genseq = 0;
sub gensym
{
my $name = "GEN" . $genseq++;
my $ref = \*{$name};
delete $::{$name};
return $ref;
}
}

344
gettext.m4
View File

@ -1,344 +0,0 @@
# This file is derived from `gettext.m4'. The difference is that the
# included macros assume Cygnus-style source and build trees.
# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
#
# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
# serial 3
AC_DEFUN(CY_WITH_NLS,
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
dnl Default is enabled NLS
AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
[ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1, [Define to 1 if NLS is requested])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
[ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
dnl to use. If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
dnl use this. Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
nls_cv_header_intl=
nls_cv_header_libgt=
CATOBJEXT=NONE
AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
[AC_TRY_LINK([], [return (int) gettext ("")],
gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])])
fi
if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
|| test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
[Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext.])
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
[CATOBJEXT=.gmo
DATADIRNAME=share],
[CATOBJEXT=.mo
DATADIRNAME=lib])
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
fi
fi
])
dnl In the standard gettext, we would now check for catgets.
dnl However, we never want to use catgets for our releases.
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
fi
fi
if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
CATOBJEXT=.gmo
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
DATADIRNAME=share
INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/../intl/libintl.a'
INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
nls_cv_header_intl=libintl.h
nls_cv_header_libgt=libgettext.h
fi
dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
dnl Makefiles still can work.
if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
: ;
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(
[found xgettext programs is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
XGETTEXT=":"
fi
fi
# We need to process the po/ directory.
POSUB=po
else
DATADIRNAME=share
nls_cv_header_intl=libintl.h
nls_cv_header_libgt=libgettext.h
fi
# If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
# because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
USE_NLS=yes
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
fi
dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this
dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
dnl in configure.in.
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
done
dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
AC_SUBST(POFILES)
AC_SUBST(POSUB)
])
AC_DEFUN(CY_GNU_GETTEXT,
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
unistd.h values.h sys/param.h])
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
__argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
fi
if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY, 1, [Define if you have the stpcpy function])
fi
AM_LC_MESSAGES
CY_WITH_NLS
if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
LINGUAS=
else
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
NEW_LINGUAS=
for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
*$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
esac
done
LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
fi
dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
fi
fi
dnl The reference to <locale.h> in the installed <libintl.h> file
dnl must be resolved because we cannot expect the users of this
dnl to define HAVE_LOCALE_H.
if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include <locale.h>"
else
INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\
/* The system does not provide the header <locale.h>. Take care yourself. */"
fi
AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_LOCALE_H)
dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
dnl For now we know about two different formats:
dnl Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
if test -f $srcdir/po2tbl.sed.in; then
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
dnl cannot handle comments.
sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/$msgformat-msg.sed > po2msg.sed
fi
dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
$srcdir/po2tbl.sed.in > po2tbl.sed
fi
dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
dnl only sense for gettext. We comment this out for non-gettext
dnl packages.
if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
GT_NO="#NO#"
GT_YES=
else
GT_NO=
GT_YES="#YES#"
fi
AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(srcdir)/../../mkinstalldirs"
AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real.
l=
AC_SUBST(l)
dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
dnl be included in po/Makefile. But only do this if the po directory
dnl exists in srcdir and contains POTFILES.in.
if test -f $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in; then
test -d po || mkdir po
if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
else
posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
fi
else
posrcprefix="../"
fi
rm -f po/POTFILES
sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
< $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
fi
])
# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
#
# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
# serial 1
dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST,
[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
[case "[$]$1" in
/*)
ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
;;
*)
IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
if [$3]; then
ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
break
fi
fi
done
IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
])dnl
;;
esac])dnl
$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
if test -n "[$]$1"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
AC_SUBST($1)dnl
])
# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
#
# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
# serial 1
AC_DEFUN(AM_LC_MESSAGES,
[if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1,
[Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES.])
fi
fi])

340
include/COPYING
View File

@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.

2536
include/ChangeLog
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1
include/MAINTAINERS
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
See ../binutils/MAINTAINERS

24
include/alloca-conf.h
View File

@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
#include "config.h"
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(C_ALLOCA)
# ifndef alloca
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# endif
#else /* ! defined (__GNUC__) */
# ifdef _AIX
#pragma alloca
# else
# if defined(HAVE_ALLOCA_H) && !defined(C_ALLOCA)
# include <alloca.h>
# else /* ! defined (HAVE_ALLOCA_H) */
# ifdef __STDC__
extern PTR alloca (size_t);
# else /* ! defined (__STDC__) */
extern PTR alloca ();
# endif /* ! defined (__STDC__) */
# endif /* ! defined (HAVE_ALLOCA_H) */
# ifdef _WIN32
# include <malloc.h>
# endif
# endif /* ! defined (_AIX) */
#endif /* ! defined (__GNUC__) */

326
include/ansidecl.h
View File

@ -1,326 +0,0 @@
/* ANSI and traditional C compatability macros
Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* ANSI and traditional C compatibility macros
ANSI C is assumed if __STDC__ is #defined.
Macro ANSI C definition Traditional C definition
----- ---- - ---------- ----------- - ----------
ANSI_PROTOTYPES 1 not defined
PTR `void *' `char *'
PTRCONST `void *const' `char *'
LONG_DOUBLE `long double' `double'
const not defined `'
volatile not defined `'
signed not defined `'
VA_START(ap, var) va_start(ap, var) va_start(ap)
Note that it is safe to write "void foo();" indicating a function
with no return value, in all K+R compilers we have been able to test.
For declaring functions with prototypes, we also provide these:
PARAMS ((prototype))
-- for functions which take a fixed number of arguments. Use this
when declaring the function. When defining the function, write a
K+R style argument list. For example:
char *strcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, char *source));
...
char *
strcpy (dest, source)
char *dest;
char *source;
{ ... }
VPARAMS ((prototype, ...))
-- for functions which take a variable number of arguments. Use
PARAMS to declare the function, VPARAMS to define it. For example:
int printf PARAMS ((const char *format, ...));
...
int
printf VPARAMS ((const char *format, ...))
{
...
}
For writing functions which take variable numbers of arguments, we
also provide the VA_OPEN, VA_CLOSE, and VA_FIXEDARG macros. These
hide the differences between K+R <varargs.h> and C89 <stdarg.h> more
thoroughly than the simple VA_START() macro mentioned above.
VA_OPEN and VA_CLOSE are used *instead of* va_start and va_end.
Immediately after VA_OPEN, put a sequence of VA_FIXEDARG calls
corresponding to the list of fixed arguments. Then use va_arg
normally to get the variable arguments, or pass your va_list object
around. You do not declare the va_list yourself; VA_OPEN does it
for you.
Here is a complete example:
int
printf VPARAMS ((const char *format, ...))
{
int result;
VA_OPEN (ap, format);
VA_FIXEDARG (ap, const char *, format);
result = vfprintf (stdout, format, ap);
VA_CLOSE (ap);
return result;
}
You can declare variables either before or after the VA_OPEN,
VA_FIXEDARG sequence. Also, VA_OPEN and VA_CLOSE are the beginning
and end of a block. They must appear at the same nesting level,
and any variables declared after VA_OPEN go out of scope at
VA_CLOSE. Unfortunately, with a K+R compiler, that includes the
argument list. You can have multiple instances of VA_OPEN/VA_CLOSE
pairs in a single function in case you need to traverse the
argument list more than once.
For ease of writing code which uses GCC extensions but needs to be
portable to other compilers, we provide the GCC_VERSION macro that
simplifies testing __GNUC__ and __GNUC_MINOR__ together, and various
wrappers around __attribute__. Also, __extension__ will be #defined
to nothing if it doesn't work. See below.
This header also defines a lot of obsolete macros:
CONST, VOLATILE, SIGNED, PROTO, EXFUN, DEFUN, DEFUN_VOID,
AND, DOTS, NOARGS. Don't use them. */
#ifndef _ANSIDECL_H
#define _ANSIDECL_H 1
/* Every source file includes this file,
so they will all get the switch for lint. */
/* LINTLIBRARY */
/* Using MACRO(x,y) in cpp #if conditionals does not work with some
older preprocessors. Thus we can't define something like this:
#define HAVE_GCC_VERSION(MAJOR, MINOR) \
(__GNUC__ > (MAJOR) || (__GNUC__ == (MAJOR) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (MINOR)))
and then test "#if HAVE_GCC_VERSION(2,7)".
So instead we use the macro below and test it against specific values. */
/* This macro simplifies testing whether we are using gcc, and if it
is of a particular minimum version. (Both major & minor numbers are
significant.) This macro will evaluate to 0 if we are not using
gcc at all. */
#ifndef GCC_VERSION
#define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__ * 1000 + __GNUC_MINOR__)
#endif /* GCC_VERSION */
#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (_AIX) || (defined (__mips) && defined (_SYSTYPE_SVR4)) || defined(_WIN32) || (defined(__alpha) && defined(__cplusplus))
/* All known AIX compilers implement these things (but don't always
define __STDC__). The RISC/OS MIPS compiler defines these things
in SVR4 mode, but does not define __STDC__. */
/* eraxxon@alumni.rice.edu: The Compaq C++ compiler, unlike many other
C++ compilers, does not define __STDC__, though it acts as if this
was so. (Verified versions: 5.7, 6.2, 6.3, 6.5) */
#define ANSI_PROTOTYPES 1
#define PTR void *
#define PTRCONST void *const
#define LONG_DOUBLE long double
#define PARAMS(ARGS) ARGS
#define VPARAMS(ARGS) ARGS
#define VA_START(VA_LIST, VAR) va_start(VA_LIST, VAR)
/* variadic function helper macros */
/* "struct Qdmy" swallows the semicolon after VA_OPEN/VA_FIXEDARG's
use without inhibiting further decls and without declaring an
actual variable. */
#define VA_OPEN(AP, VAR) { va_list AP; va_start(AP, VAR); { struct Qdmy
#define VA_CLOSE(AP) } va_end(AP); }
#define VA_FIXEDARG(AP, T, N) struct Qdmy
#undef const
#undef volatile
#undef signed
/* inline requires special treatment; it's in C99, and GCC >=2.7 supports
it too, but it's not in C89. */
#undef inline
#if __STDC_VERSION__ > 199901L
/* it's a keyword */
#else
# if GCC_VERSION >= 2007
# define inline __inline__ /* __inline__ prevents -pedantic warnings */
# else
# define inline /* nothing */
# endif
#endif
/* These are obsolete. Do not use. */
#ifndef IN_GCC
#define CONST const
#define VOLATILE volatile
#define SIGNED signed
#define PROTO(type, name, arglist) type name arglist
#define EXFUN(name, proto) name proto
#define DEFUN(name, arglist, args) name(args)
#define DEFUN_VOID(name) name(void)
#define AND ,
#define DOTS , ...
#define NOARGS void
#endif /* ! IN_GCC */
#else /* Not ANSI C. */
#undef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
#define PTR char *
#define PTRCONST PTR
#define LONG_DOUBLE double
#define PARAMS(args) ()
#define VPARAMS(args) (va_alist) va_dcl
#define VA_START(va_list, var) va_start(va_list)
#define VA_OPEN(AP, VAR) { va_list AP; va_start(AP); { struct Qdmy
#define VA_CLOSE(AP) } va_end(AP); }
#define VA_FIXEDARG(AP, TYPE, NAME) TYPE NAME = va_arg(AP, TYPE)
/* some systems define these in header files for non-ansi mode */
#undef const
#undef volatile
#undef signed
#undef inline
#define const
#define volatile
#define signed
#define inline
#ifndef IN_GCC
#define CONST
#define VOLATILE
#define SIGNED
#define PROTO(type, name, arglist) type name ()
#define EXFUN(name, proto) name()
#define DEFUN(name, arglist, args) name arglist args;
#define DEFUN_VOID(name) name()
#define AND ;
#define DOTS
#define NOARGS
#endif /* ! IN_GCC */
#endif /* ANSI C. */
/* Define macros for some gcc attributes. This permits us to use the
macros freely, and know that they will come into play for the
version of gcc in which they are supported. */
#if (GCC_VERSION < 2007)
# define __attribute__(x)
#endif
/* Attribute __malloc__ on functions was valid as of gcc 2.96. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 2096)
# define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
# endif /* GNUC >= 2.96 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC */
/* Attributes on labels were valid as of gcc 2.93. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 2093)
# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL
# endif /* GNUC >= 2.93 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
#define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
#define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN */
/* Attribute `nonnull' was valid as of gcc 3.3. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3003)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(m) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ (m)))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(m)
# endif /* GNUC >= 3.3 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL */
/* Use ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF when the format specifier must not be NULL.
This was the case for the `printf' format attribute by itself
before GCC 3.3, but as of 3.3 we need to add the `nonnull'
attribute to retain this behavior. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, m, n))) ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(m)
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(1, 2)
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2, 3)
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(3, 4)
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(4, 5)
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(5, 6)
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF */
/* Use ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF when the format specifier may be NULL. A
NULL format specifier was allowed as of gcc 3.3. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3003)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(m, n) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, m, n)))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(m, n)
# endif /* GNUC >= 3.3 */
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(1, 2)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(2, 3)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(3, 4)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(4, 5)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(5, 6)
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF */
/* We use __extension__ in some places to suppress -pedantic warnings
about GCC extensions. This feature didn't work properly before
gcc 2.8. */
#if GCC_VERSION < 2008
#define __extension__
#endif
/* Bootstrap support: Adjust certain macros defined by Autoconf,
which are only valid for the stage1 compiler. If we detect
a modern version of GCC, we are probably in stage2 or beyond,
so unconditionally reset the values. Note that const, inline,
etc. have been dealt with above. */
#if (GCC_VERSION >= 2007)
# ifndef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
# define HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE 1
# endif
#endif /* GCC >= 2.7 */
#endif /* ansidecl.h */

208
include/aout/ChangeLog
View File

@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
2003-03-06 Elias Athanasopoulos <elathan@phys.uoa.gr>
* aout64.h (BYTES_IN_WORD): Define if necessary.
2001-09-18 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
* aout64.h: Formatting fixes.
(N_TXTADDR): Evaluate to a bfd_vma.
(N_DATADDR): Avoid negative unsigned warning.
* hp300hpux.h: Formatting fixes.
(N_DATADDR): Avoid negative unsigned warning.
2000-04-03 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hp@axis.com>
* aout64.h (RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG): Wrap definition in #ifndef.
(RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE): Ditto.
(RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_BIG): Ditto.
(RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG): Ditto.
(RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_LITTLE): Ditto.
(RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE): Ditto.
1999-07-12 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@zembu.com>
* aout64.h (N_SHARED_LIB): Define as 0 if TEXT_START_ADDR is
defined as 0.
1998-06-28 Peter Schauer <pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de>
* stab.def: Add N_ALIAS from SunPro F77.
1996-03-11 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* stab.def: Use __define_stab_duplicate rather than __define_stab
for duplicate entries N_BROWS and N_MOD2.
* stab_gnu.h (__define_stab_duplicate): Define before including
stab.def.
1995-10-27 Niklas Hallqvist <niklas@appli.se>
* aout64.h, host.h, hp300hpux.h, sun4.h: Changed PAGE_SIZE to
TARGET_PAGE_SIZE.
1995-09-12 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* sun4.h (struct internal_sun4_dynamic_link): Change all fields
from long to unsigned long.
1995-07-12 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com>
* sun4.h (PAGE_SIZE): Undefine before defining.
1994-09-04 Richard Earnshaw (rwe@pegasus.esprit.ec.org)
* aout64.h: Only define QMAGIC if it isn't already defined.
1994-06-16 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h (BMAGIC): Define.
1994-06-11 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
Add weak symbols as an extension to a.out.
* aout64.h (N_WEAKU, N_WEAKA, N_WEAKT, N_WEAKD, N_WEAKB): Define.
* stab.def: Update symbol value table.
1994-06-02 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
* sun4.h (EXTERNAL_SUN4_DYNAMIC_DEBUGGER_SIZE): Correct from 28 to
24. Fix up ld_got comment.
1994-03-30 Peter Schauer (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
* dynix3.h: Cleanup, adapt to current bfd version.
1994-02-26 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
* aout64.h: Add casts to avoid warnings from SVR4 cc.
1994-02-11 Stan Shebs (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
* ar.h (ARMAG, ARMAGB, ARFMAG): Change '\n' to '\012', for greater
portability.
1994-01-21 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
* sun4.h: Added information about SunOS shared libraries.
1994-01-07 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h (N_TXTADDR): Add comment regarding OMAGIC and NMAGIC.
1993-12-25 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h (N_DATOFF): Don't pad (revert change of 8 Jul 1993).
1993-11-16 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h: New macros ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE and N_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE
for Linux ZMAGIC.
(N_TXTOFF, N_DATOFF): Use them.
1993-11-04 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h (RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE): Fixed value to match
sun3 system; used to overlap other fields.
(RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE): Likewise.
1993-11-03 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h (RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE): Make it 0x10 (Ken's
suggestion) to avoid conflict with RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE.
1993-10-29 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
* hp300hpux.h (N_SHARED_LIB): Define to be 0.
1993-09-13 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com)
* ar.h (ARMAP_TIME_OFFSET): Add and describe.
Mon Aug 23 Sean Fagan (sef@cygnus.com)
* aout64.h [ARCH_SIZE != 64]: Allow N_BADMAG to be overridden.
1993-08-16 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* stab_gnu.h: Include aout/stab.def not just stab.def.
1993-07-18 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@rtl.cygnus.com)
* dynix3.h: New, for symmetry running dynix.
1993-07-08 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h (N_BADMAG): Recognize QMAGIC.
N_TXTOFF, N_TXTADDR, N_TXTSIZE: Special code for QMAGIC.
N_DATOFF: Pad text size if we need to.
1993-06-18 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* stab.def (N_ECOML): Fix comment.
1993-05-31 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@cygnus.com)
* stab.def: Remove Solaris information on N_FUN stabstring grammar;
I've transferred it to gdb/doc/stabs.texinfo, where it belongs.
1993-05-10 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
* hp300hpux.h: Patch from Glenn Engel for linker problem and
compatibility fix:
(OMAGIC, NMAGIC): New definitions.
(SHAREMAGIC): Deleted.
(HPUX_DOT_O_MAGIC): New macro.
(_N_BADMAG): Adjusted.
(N_HEADER_IN_TEXT, N_DATADDR): New macros.
1993-04-29 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com)
* hp300hpux.h: New file from Glenn Engel, glenne@lsid.hp.com.
1993-04-27 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h (struct external_exec, *MAGIC, N_BADMAG): Don't define
if `external_exec' is already defined as a macro.
(N_DATOFF, N_TRELOFF, N_DRELOFF, N_SYMOFF, N_STROFF): Don't define
if already defined.
(struct external_nlist, EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE): Don't define if
`external_nlist' is already defined as a macro.
1992-08-15 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com)
* adobe.h: Add description of a.out.adobe format.
1992-07-03 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
* stab.def: Update more Solaris definitions.
* stab_gnu.h: Add N_SO language types, and Solaris basic float types.
1992-06-14 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
* stab.def: Update descriptions of Solaris-2 stabs; add N_UNDF.
1992-06-11 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
* stab.def: Add N_OBJ and N_OPT from Solaris-2.
1992-01-30 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
* aout64.h: N_TXTSIZE needs some more parentheses.
I don't trust C precedence.
1991-12-18 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
* aout64.h: Move common sunos-specific test
to recognize shared libraries into new macro N_SHARED_LIB.
Use it to simplify & reformat N_TXTADDR, N_TXTOFF, N_TXTSIZE.
1991-11-30 Steve Chamberlain (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h, ar.h, encap.h, host.h, hp.h, ranlib.h, reloc.h,
stab.def, stab_gnu.h, sun4.h: All moved from the devo/include
directory.
Local Variables:
version-control: never
End:

313
include/aout/adobe.h
View File

@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
/* `a.out.adobe' differences from standard a.out files
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef __A_OUT_ADOBE_H__
#define __A_OUT_ADOBE_H__
#define BYTES_IN_WORD 4
/* Struct external_exec is the same. */
/* This is the layout on disk of the 32-bit or 64-bit exec header. */
struct external_exec
{
bfd_byte e_info[4]; /* magic number and stuff */
bfd_byte e_text[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of text section in bytes */
bfd_byte e_data[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of data section in bytes */
bfd_byte e_bss[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of bss area in bytes */
bfd_byte e_syms[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of symbol table in bytes */
bfd_byte e_entry[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* start address */
bfd_byte e_trsize[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of text relocation info */
bfd_byte e_drsize[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of data relocation info */
};
#define EXEC_BYTES_SIZE (4 + BYTES_IN_WORD * 7)
/* Magic numbers for a.out files */
#undef ZMAGIC
#define ZMAGIC 0xAD0BE /* Cute, eh? */
#undef OMAGIC
#undef NMAGIC
#define N_BADMAG(x) ((x).a_info != ZMAGIC)
/* By default, segment size is constant. But some machines override this
to be a function of the a.out header (e.g. machine type). */
#ifndef N_SEGSIZE
#define N_SEGSIZE(x) SEGMENT_SIZE
#endif
#undef N_SEGSIZE /* FIXMEXXXX */
/* Segment information for the a.out.Adobe format is specified after the
file header. It contains N segment descriptors, followed by one with
a type of zero.
The actual text of the segments starts at N_TXTOFF in the file,
regardless of how many or how few segment headers there are. */
struct external_segdesc {
unsigned char e_type[1];
unsigned char e_size[3];
unsigned char e_virtbase[4];
unsigned char e_filebase[4];
};
struct internal_segdesc {
unsigned int a_type:8; /* Segment type N_TEXT, N_DATA, 0 */
unsigned int a_size:24; /* Segment size */
bfd_vma a_virtbase; /* Virtual address */
unsigned int a_filebase; /* Base address in object file */
};
#define N_TXTADDR(x) \
/* This is documented to be at 1024, but appears to really be at 2048.
FIXME?! */
#define N_TXTOFF(x) 2048
#define N_TXTSIZE(x) ((x).a_text)
#define N_DATADDR(x)
#define N_BSSADDR(x)
/* Offsets of the various portions of the file after the text segment. */
#define N_DATOFF(x) ( N_TXTOFF(x) + N_TXTSIZE(x) )
#define N_TRELOFF(x) ( N_DATOFF(x) + (x).a_data )
#define N_DRELOFF(x) ( N_TRELOFF(x) + (x).a_trsize )
#define N_SYMOFF(x) ( N_DRELOFF(x) + (x).a_drsize )
#define N_STROFF(x) ( N_SYMOFF(x) + (x).a_syms )
/* Symbols */
struct external_nlist {
bfd_byte e_strx[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* index into string table of name */
bfd_byte e_type[1]; /* type of symbol */
bfd_byte e_other[1]; /* misc info (usually empty) */
bfd_byte e_desc[2]; /* description field */
bfd_byte e_value[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* value of symbol */
};
#define EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE (BYTES_IN_WORD+4+BYTES_IN_WORD)
struct internal_nlist {
unsigned long n_strx; /* index into string table of name */
unsigned char n_type; /* type of symbol */
unsigned char n_other; /* misc info (usually empty) */
unsigned short n_desc; /* description field */
bfd_vma n_value; /* value of symbol */
};
/* The n_type field is the symbol type, containing: */
#define N_UNDF 0 /* Undefined symbol */
#define N_ABS 2 /* Absolute symbol -- defined at particular addr */
#define N_TEXT 4 /* Text sym -- defined at offset in text seg */
#define N_DATA 6 /* Data sym -- defined at offset in data seg */
#define N_BSS 8 /* BSS sym -- defined at offset in zero'd seg */
#define N_COMM 0x12 /* Common symbol (visible after shared lib dynlink) */
#define N_FN 0x1f /* File name of .o file */
#define N_FN_SEQ 0x0C /* N_FN from Sequent compilers (sigh) */
/* Note: N_EXT can only be usefully OR-ed with N_UNDF, N_ABS, N_TEXT,
N_DATA, or N_BSS. When the low-order bit of other types is set,
(e.g. N_WARNING versus N_FN), they are two different types. */
#define N_EXT 1 /* External symbol (as opposed to local-to-this-file) */
#define N_TYPE 0x1e
#define N_STAB 0xe0 /* If any of these bits are on, it's a debug symbol */
#define N_INDR 0x0a
/* The following symbols refer to set elements.
All the N_SET[ATDB] symbols with the same name form one set.
Space is allocated for the set in the text section, and each set
elements value is stored into one word of the space.
The first word of the space is the length of the set (number of elements).
The address of the set is made into an N_SETV symbol
whose name is the same as the name of the set.
This symbol acts like a N_DATA global symbol
in that it can satisfy undefined external references. */
/* These appear as input to LD, in a .o file. */
#define N_SETA 0x14 /* Absolute set element symbol */
#define N_SETT 0x16 /* Text set element symbol */
#define N_SETD 0x18 /* Data set element symbol */
#define N_SETB 0x1A /* Bss set element symbol */
/* This is output from LD. */
#define N_SETV 0x1C /* Pointer to set vector in data area. */
/* Warning symbol. The text gives a warning message, the next symbol
in the table will be undefined. When the symbol is referenced, the
message is printed. */
#define N_WARNING 0x1e
/* Relocations
There are two types of relocation flavours for a.out systems,
standard and extended. The standard form is used on systems where the
instruction has room for all the bits of an offset to the operand, whilst
the extended form is used when an address operand has to be split over n
instructions. Eg, on the 68k, each move instruction can reference
the target with a displacement of 16 or 32 bits. On the sparc, move
instructions use an offset of 14 bits, so the offset is stored in
the reloc field, and the data in the section is ignored.
*/
/* This structure describes a single relocation to be performed.
The text-relocation section of the file is a vector of these structures,
all of which apply to the text section.
Likewise, the data-relocation section applies to the data section. */
struct reloc_std_external {
bfd_byte r_address[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* offset of of data to relocate */
bfd_byte r_index[3]; /* symbol table index of symbol */
bfd_byte r_type[1]; /* relocation type */
};
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_BIG 0x80
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_LITTLE 0x01
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_BIG 0x60
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_BIG 5 /* To shift to units place */
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_LITTLE 0x06
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_LITTLE 1
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_BIG 0x10
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE 0x08
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_BIG 0x08
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE 0x08
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_BIG 0x04
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE 0x04
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_BIG 0x02
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE 0x02
#define RELOC_STD_SIZE (BYTES_IN_WORD + 3 + 1) /* Bytes per relocation entry */
struct reloc_std_internal
{
bfd_vma r_address; /* Address (within segment) to be relocated. */
/* The meaning of r_symbolnum depends on r_extern. */
unsigned int r_symbolnum:24;
/* Nonzero means value is a pc-relative offset
and it should be relocated for changes in its own address
as well as for changes in the symbol or section specified. */
unsigned int r_pcrel:1;
/* Length (as exponent of 2) of the field to be relocated.
Thus, a value of 2 indicates 1<<2 bytes. */
unsigned int r_length:2;
/* 1 => relocate with value of symbol.
r_symbolnum is the index of the symbol
in files the symbol table.
0 => relocate with the address of a segment.
r_symbolnum is N_TEXT, N_DATA, N_BSS or N_ABS
(the N_EXT bit may be set also, but signifies nothing). */
unsigned int r_extern:1;
/* The next three bits are for SunOS shared libraries, and seem to
be undocumented. */
unsigned int r_baserel:1; /* Linkage table relative */
unsigned int r_jmptable:1; /* pc-relative to jump table */
unsigned int r_relative:1; /* "relative relocation" */
/* unused */
unsigned int r_pad:1; /* Padding -- set to zero */
};
/* EXTENDED RELOCS */
struct reloc_ext_external {
bfd_byte r_address[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* offset of of data to relocate */
bfd_byte r_index[3]; /* symbol table index of symbol */
bfd_byte r_type[1]; /* relocation type */
bfd_byte r_addend[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* datum addend */
};
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG 0x80
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE 0x01
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_BIG 0x1F
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG 0
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_LITTLE 0xF8
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE 3
/* Bytes per relocation entry */
#define RELOC_EXT_SIZE (BYTES_IN_WORD + 3 + 1 + BYTES_IN_WORD)
enum reloc_type
{
/* simple relocations */
RELOC_8, /* data[0:7] = addend + sv */
RELOC_16, /* data[0:15] = addend + sv */
RELOC_32, /* data[0:31] = addend + sv */
/* pc-rel displacement */
RELOC_DISP8, /* data[0:7] = addend - pc + sv */
RELOC_DISP16, /* data[0:15] = addend - pc + sv */
RELOC_DISP32, /* data[0:31] = addend - pc + sv */
/* Special */
RELOC_WDISP30, /* data[0:29] = (addend + sv - pc)>>2 */
RELOC_WDISP22, /* data[0:21] = (addend + sv - pc)>>2 */
RELOC_HI22, /* data[0:21] = (addend + sv)>>10 */
RELOC_22, /* data[0:21] = (addend + sv) */
RELOC_13, /* data[0:12] = (addend + sv) */
RELOC_LO10, /* data[0:9] = (addend + sv) */
RELOC_SFA_BASE,
RELOC_SFA_OFF13,
/* P.I.C. (base-relative) */
RELOC_BASE10, /* Not sure - maybe we can do this the */
RELOC_BASE13, /* right way now */
RELOC_BASE22,
/* for some sort of pc-rel P.I.C. (?) */
RELOC_PC10,
RELOC_PC22,
/* P.I.C. jump table */
RELOC_JMP_TBL,
/* reputedly for shared libraries somehow */
RELOC_SEGOFF16,
RELOC_GLOB_DAT,
RELOC_JMP_SLOT,
RELOC_RELATIVE,
RELOC_11,
RELOC_WDISP2_14,
RELOC_WDISP19,
RELOC_HHI22, /* data[0:21] = (addend + sv) >> 42 */
RELOC_HLO10, /* data[0:9] = (addend + sv) >> 32 */
/* 29K relocation types */
RELOC_JUMPTARG,
RELOC_CONST,
RELOC_CONSTH,
NO_RELOC
};
struct reloc_internal {
bfd_vma r_address; /* offset of of data to relocate */
long r_index; /* symbol table index of symbol */
enum reloc_type r_type; /* relocation type */
bfd_vma r_addend; /* datum addend */
};
#endif /* __A_OUT_ADOBE_H__ */

519
include/aout/aout64.h
View File

@ -1,519 +0,0 @@
/* `a.out' object-file definitions, including extensions to 64-bit fields
Copyright 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef __A_OUT_64_H__
#define __A_OUT_64_H__
#ifndef BYTES_IN_WORD
#define BYTES_IN_WORD 4
#endif
/* This is the layout on disk of the 32-bit or 64-bit exec header. */
#ifndef external_exec
struct external_exec
{
bfd_byte e_info[4]; /* Magic number and stuff. */
bfd_byte e_text[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Length of text section in bytes. */
bfd_byte e_data[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Length of data section in bytes. */
bfd_byte e_bss[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Length of bss area in bytes. */
bfd_byte e_syms[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Length of symbol table in bytes. */
bfd_byte e_entry[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Start address. */
bfd_byte e_trsize[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Length of text relocation info. */
bfd_byte e_drsize[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Length of data relocation info. */
};
#define EXEC_BYTES_SIZE (4 + BYTES_IN_WORD * 7)
/* Magic numbers for a.out files. */
#if ARCH_SIZE==64
#define OMAGIC 0x1001 /* Code indicating object file. */
#define ZMAGIC 0x1002 /* Code indicating demand-paged executable. */
#define NMAGIC 0x1003 /* Code indicating pure executable. */
/* There is no 64-bit QMAGIC as far as I know. */
#define N_BADMAG(x) (N_MAGIC(x) != OMAGIC \
&& N_MAGIC(x) != NMAGIC \
&& N_MAGIC(x) != ZMAGIC)
#else
#define OMAGIC 0407 /* Object file or impure executable. */
#define NMAGIC 0410 /* Code indicating pure executable. */
#define ZMAGIC 0413 /* Code indicating demand-paged executable. */
#define BMAGIC 0415 /* Used by a b.out object. */
/* This indicates a demand-paged executable with the header in the text.
It is used by 386BSD (and variants) and Linux, at least. */
#ifndef QMAGIC
#define QMAGIC 0314
#endif
# ifndef N_BADMAG
# define N_BADMAG(x) (N_MAGIC(x) != OMAGIC \
&& N_MAGIC(x) != NMAGIC \
&& N_MAGIC(x) != ZMAGIC \
&& N_MAGIC(x) != QMAGIC)
# endif /* N_BADMAG */
#endif
#endif
#ifdef QMAGIC
#define N_IS_QMAGIC(x) (N_MAGIC (x) == QMAGIC)
#else
#define N_IS_QMAGIC(x) (0)
#endif
/* The difference between TARGET_PAGE_SIZE and N_SEGSIZE is that TARGET_PAGE_SIZE is
the finest granularity at which you can page something, thus it
controls the padding (if any) before the text segment of a ZMAGIC
file. N_SEGSIZE is the resolution at which things can be marked as
read-only versus read/write, so it controls the padding between the
text segment and the data segment (in memory; on disk the padding
between them is TARGET_PAGE_SIZE). TARGET_PAGE_SIZE and N_SEGSIZE are the same
for most machines, but different for sun3. */
/* By default, segment size is constant. But some machines override this
to be a function of the a.out header (e.g. machine type). */
#ifndef N_SEGSIZE
#define N_SEGSIZE(x) SEGMENT_SIZE
#endif
/* Virtual memory address of the text section.
This is getting very complicated. A good reason to discard a.out format
for something that specifies these fields explicitly. But til then...
* OMAGIC and NMAGIC files:
(object files: text for "relocatable addr 0" right after the header)
start at 0, offset is EXEC_BYTES_SIZE, size as stated.
* The text address, offset, and size of ZMAGIC files depend
on the entry point of the file:
* entry point below TEXT_START_ADDR:
(hack for SunOS shared libraries)
start at 0, offset is 0, size as stated.
* If N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) is true (which defaults to being the
case when the entry point is EXEC_BYTES_SIZE or further into a page):
no padding is needed; text can start after exec header. Sun
considers the text segment of such files to include the exec header;
for BFD's purposes, we don't, which makes more work for us.
start at TEXT_START_ADDR + EXEC_BYTES_SIZE, offset is EXEC_BYTES_SIZE,
size as stated minus EXEC_BYTES_SIZE.
* If N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) is false (which defaults to being the case when
the entry point is less than EXEC_BYTES_SIZE into a page (e.g. page
aligned)): (padding is needed so that text can start at a page boundary)
start at TEXT_START_ADDR, offset TARGET_PAGE_SIZE, size as stated.
Specific configurations may want to hardwire N_HEADER_IN_TEXT,
for efficiency or to allow people to play games with the entry point.
In that case, you would #define N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) as 1 for sunos,
and as 0 for most other hosts (Sony News, Vax Ultrix, etc).
(Do this in the appropriate bfd target file.)
(The default is a heuristic that will break if people try changing
the entry point, perhaps with the ld -e flag.)
* QMAGIC is always like a ZMAGIC for which N_HEADER_IN_TEXT is true,
and for which the starting address is TARGET_PAGE_SIZE (or should this be
SEGMENT_SIZE?) (TEXT_START_ADDR only applies to ZMAGIC, not to QMAGIC). */
/* This macro is only relevant for ZMAGIC files; QMAGIC always has the header
in the text. */
#ifndef N_HEADER_IN_TEXT
#define N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) \
(((x).a_entry & (TARGET_PAGE_SIZE-1)) >= EXEC_BYTES_SIZE)
#endif
/* Sun shared libraries, not linux. This macro is only relevant for ZMAGIC
files. */
#ifndef N_SHARED_LIB
#if defined (TEXT_START_ADDR) && TEXT_START_ADDR == 0
#define N_SHARED_LIB(x) (0)
#else
#define N_SHARED_LIB(x) ((x).a_entry < TEXT_START_ADDR)
#endif
#endif
/* Returning 0 not TEXT_START_ADDR for OMAGIC and NMAGIC is based on
the assumption that we are dealing with a .o file, not an
executable. This is necessary for OMAGIC (but means we don't work
right on the output from ld -N); more questionable for NMAGIC. */
#ifndef N_TXTADDR
#define N_TXTADDR(x) \
(/* The address of a QMAGIC file is always one page in, \
with the header in the text. */ \
N_IS_QMAGIC (x) \
? (bfd_vma) TARGET_PAGE_SIZE + EXEC_BYTES_SIZE \
: (N_MAGIC (x) != ZMAGIC \
? (bfd_vma) 0 /* Object file or NMAGIC. */ \
: (N_SHARED_LIB (x) \
? (bfd_vma) 0 \
: (N_HEADER_IN_TEXT (x) \
? (bfd_vma) TEXT_START_ADDR + EXEC_BYTES_SIZE \
: (bfd_vma) TEXT_START_ADDR))))
#endif
/* If N_HEADER_IN_TEXT is not true for ZMAGIC, there is some padding
to make the text segment start at a certain boundary. For most
systems, this boundary is TARGET_PAGE_SIZE. But for Linux, in the
time-honored tradition of crazy ZMAGIC hacks, it is 1024 which is
not what TARGET_PAGE_SIZE needs to be for QMAGIC. */
#ifndef ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE
#define ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
#endif
#define N_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE(x) \
(N_MAGIC(x) == ZMAGIC ? ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE : TARGET_PAGE_SIZE)
/* Offset in an a.out of the start of the text section. */
#ifndef N_TXTOFF
#define N_TXTOFF(x) \
(/* For {O,N,Q}MAGIC, no padding. */ \
N_MAGIC (x) != ZMAGIC \
? EXEC_BYTES_SIZE \
: (N_SHARED_LIB (x) \
? 0 \
: (N_HEADER_IN_TEXT (x) \
? EXEC_BYTES_SIZE /* No padding. */ \
: ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE /* A page of padding. */)))
#endif
/* Size of the text section. It's always as stated, except that we
offset it to `undo' the adjustment to N_TXTADDR and N_TXTOFF
for ZMAGIC files that nominally include the exec header
as part of the first page of text. (BFD doesn't consider the
exec header to be part of the text segment.) */
#ifndef N_TXTSIZE
#define N_TXTSIZE(x) \
(/* For QMAGIC, we don't consider the header part of the text section. */\
N_IS_QMAGIC (x) \
? (x).a_text - EXEC_BYTES_SIZE \
: ((N_MAGIC (x) != ZMAGIC || N_SHARED_LIB (x)) \
? (x).a_text \
: (N_HEADER_IN_TEXT (x) \
? (x).a_text - EXEC_BYTES_SIZE /* No padding. */ \
: (x).a_text /* A page of padding. */ )))
#endif
/* The address of the data segment in virtual memory.
It is the text segment address, plus text segment size, rounded
up to a N_SEGSIZE boundary for pure or pageable files. */
#ifndef N_DATADDR
#define N_DATADDR(x) \
(N_MAGIC (x) == OMAGIC \
? (N_TXTADDR (x) + N_TXTSIZE (x)) \
: (N_SEGSIZE (x) + ((N_TXTADDR (x) + N_TXTSIZE (x) - 1) \
& ~ (bfd_vma) (N_SEGSIZE (x) - 1))))
#endif
/* The address of the BSS segment -- immediately after the data segment. */
#define N_BSSADDR(x) (N_DATADDR (x) + (x).a_data)
/* Offsets of the various portions of the file after the text segment. */
/* For {Q,Z}MAGIC, there is padding to make the data segment start on
a page boundary. Most of the time the a_text field (and thus
N_TXTSIZE) already contains this padding. It is possible that for
BSDI and/or 386BSD it sometimes doesn't contain the padding, and
perhaps we should be adding it here. But this seems kind of
questionable and probably should be BSDI/386BSD-specific if we do
do it.
For NMAGIC (at least for hp300 BSD, probably others), there is
padding in memory only, not on disk, so we must *not* ever pad here
for NMAGIC. */
#ifndef N_DATOFF
#define N_DATOFF(x) (N_TXTOFF (x) + N_TXTSIZE (x))
#endif
#ifndef N_TRELOFF
#define N_TRELOFF(x) (N_DATOFF (x) + (x).a_data)
#endif
#ifndef N_DRELOFF
#define N_DRELOFF(x) (N_TRELOFF (x) + (x).a_trsize)
#endif
#ifndef N_SYMOFF
#define N_SYMOFF(x) (N_DRELOFF (x) + (x).a_drsize)
#endif
#ifndef N_STROFF
#define N_STROFF(x) (N_SYMOFF (x) + (x).a_syms)
#endif
/* Symbols */
#ifndef external_nlist
struct external_nlist
{
bfd_byte e_strx[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Index into string table of name. */
bfd_byte e_type[1]; /* Type of symbol. */
bfd_byte e_other[1]; /* Misc info (usually empty). */
bfd_byte e_desc[2]; /* Description field. */
bfd_byte e_value[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Value of symbol. */
};
#define EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE (BYTES_IN_WORD+4+BYTES_IN_WORD)
#endif
struct internal_nlist
{
unsigned long n_strx; /* Index into string table of name. */
unsigned char n_type; /* Type of symbol. */
unsigned char n_other; /* Misc info (usually empty). */
unsigned short n_desc; /* Description field. */
bfd_vma n_value; /* Value of symbol. */
};
/* The n_type field is the symbol type, containing: */
#define N_UNDF 0 /* Undefined symbol. */
#define N_ABS 2 /* Absolute symbol -- defined at particular addr. */
#define N_TEXT 4 /* Text sym -- defined at offset in text seg. */
#define N_DATA 6 /* Data sym -- defined at offset in data seg. */
#define N_BSS 8 /* BSS sym -- defined at offset in zero'd seg. */
#define N_COMM 0x12 /* Common symbol (visible after shared lib dynlink). */
#define N_FN 0x1f /* File name of .o file. */
#define N_FN_SEQ 0x0C /* N_FN from Sequent compilers (sigh). */
/* Note: N_EXT can only be usefully OR-ed with N_UNDF, N_ABS, N_TEXT,
N_DATA, or N_BSS. When the low-order bit of other types is set,
(e.g. N_WARNING versus N_FN), they are two different types. */
#define N_EXT 1 /* External symbol (as opposed to local-to-this-file). */
#define N_TYPE 0x1e
#define N_STAB 0xe0 /* If any of these bits are on, it's a debug symbol. */
#define N_INDR 0x0a
/* The following symbols refer to set elements.
All the N_SET[ATDB] symbols with the same name form one set.
Space is allocated for the set in the text section, and each set
elements value is stored into one word of the space.
The first word of the space is the length of the set (number of elements).
The address of the set is made into an N_SETV symbol
whose name is the same as the name of the set.
This symbol acts like a N_DATA global symbol
in that it can satisfy undefined external references. */
/* These appear as input to LD, in a .o file. */
#define N_SETA 0x14 /* Absolute set element symbol. */
#define N_SETT 0x16 /* Text set element symbol. */
#define N_SETD 0x18 /* Data set element symbol. */
#define N_SETB 0x1A /* Bss set element symbol. */
/* This is output from LD. */
#define N_SETV 0x1C /* Pointer to set vector in data area. */
/* Warning symbol. The text gives a warning message, the next symbol
in the table will be undefined. When the symbol is referenced, the
message is printed. */
#define N_WARNING 0x1e
/* Weak symbols. These are a GNU extension to the a.out format. The
semantics are those of ELF weak symbols. Weak symbols are always
externally visible. The N_WEAK? values are squeezed into the
available slots. The value of a N_WEAKU symbol is 0. The values
of the other types are the definitions. */
#define N_WEAKU 0x0d /* Weak undefined symbol. */
#define N_WEAKA 0x0e /* Weak absolute symbol. */
#define N_WEAKT 0x0f /* Weak text symbol. */
#define N_WEAKD 0x10 /* Weak data symbol. */
#define N_WEAKB 0x11 /* Weak bss symbol. */
/* Relocations
There are two types of relocation flavours for a.out systems,
standard and extended. The standard form is used on systems where the
instruction has room for all the bits of an offset to the operand, whilst
the extended form is used when an address operand has to be split over n
instructions. Eg, on the 68k, each move instruction can reference
the target with a displacement of 16 or 32 bits. On the sparc, move
instructions use an offset of 14 bits, so the offset is stored in
the reloc field, and the data in the section is ignored. */
/* This structure describes a single relocation to be performed.
The text-relocation section of the file is a vector of these structures,
all of which apply to the text section.
Likewise, the data-relocation section applies to the data section. */
struct reloc_std_external
{
bfd_byte r_address[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Offset of of data to relocate. */
bfd_byte r_index[3]; /* Symbol table index of symbol. */
bfd_byte r_type[1]; /* Relocation type. */
};
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x80)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x01)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x60)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_BIG 5
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x06)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_LITTLE 1
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x10)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x08)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x08)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x10)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x04)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x20)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x02)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x40)
#define RELOC_STD_SIZE (BYTES_IN_WORD + 3 + 1) /* Bytes per relocation entry. */
struct reloc_std_internal
{
bfd_vma r_address; /* Address (within segment) to be relocated. */
/* The meaning of r_symbolnum depends on r_extern. */
unsigned int r_symbolnum:24;
/* Nonzero means value is a pc-relative offset
and it should be relocated for changes in its own address
as well as for changes in the symbol or section specified. */
unsigned int r_pcrel:1;
/* Length (as exponent of 2) of the field to be relocated.
Thus, a value of 2 indicates 1<<2 bytes. */
unsigned int r_length:2;
/* 1 => relocate with value of symbol.
r_symbolnum is the index of the symbol
in files the symbol table.
0 => relocate with the address of a segment.
r_symbolnum is N_TEXT, N_DATA, N_BSS or N_ABS
(the N_EXT bit may be set also, but signifies nothing). */
unsigned int r_extern:1;
/* The next three bits are for SunOS shared libraries, and seem to
be undocumented. */
unsigned int r_baserel:1; /* Linkage table relative. */
unsigned int r_jmptable:1; /* pc-relative to jump table. */
unsigned int r_relative:1; /* "relative relocation". */
/* unused */
unsigned int r_pad:1; /* Padding -- set to zero. */
};
/* EXTENDED RELOCS. */
struct reloc_ext_external
{
bfd_byte r_address[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Offset of of data to relocate. */
bfd_byte r_index[3]; /* Symbol table index of symbol. */
bfd_byte r_type[1]; /* Relocation type. */
bfd_byte r_addend[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Datum addend. */
};
#ifndef RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x80)
#endif
#ifndef RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x01)
#endif
#ifndef RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_BIG
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x1F)
#endif
#ifndef RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG 0
#endif
#ifndef RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_LITTLE
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0xF8)
#endif
#ifndef RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE 3
#endif
/* Bytes per relocation entry. */
#define RELOC_EXT_SIZE (BYTES_IN_WORD + 3 + 1 + BYTES_IN_WORD)
enum reloc_type
{
/* Simple relocations. */
RELOC_8, /* data[0:7] = addend + sv */
RELOC_16, /* data[0:15] = addend + sv */
RELOC_32, /* data[0:31] = addend + sv */
/* PC-rel displacement. */
RELOC_DISP8, /* data[0:7] = addend - pc + sv */
RELOC_DISP16, /* data[0:15] = addend - pc + sv */
RELOC_DISP32, /* data[0:31] = addend - pc + sv */
/* Special. */
RELOC_WDISP30, /* data[0:29] = (addend + sv - pc)>>2 */
RELOC_WDISP22, /* data[0:21] = (addend + sv - pc)>>2 */
RELOC_HI22, /* data[0:21] = (addend + sv)>>10 */
RELOC_22, /* data[0:21] = (addend + sv) */
RELOC_13, /* data[0:12] = (addend + sv) */
RELOC_LO10, /* data[0:9] = (addend + sv) */
RELOC_SFA_BASE,
RELOC_SFA_OFF13,
/* P.I.C. (base-relative). */
RELOC_BASE10, /* Not sure - maybe we can do this the */
RELOC_BASE13, /* right way now */
RELOC_BASE22,
/* For some sort of pc-rel P.I.C. (?) */
RELOC_PC10,
RELOC_PC22,
/* P.I.C. jump table. */
RELOC_JMP_TBL,
/* Reputedly for shared libraries somehow. */
RELOC_SEGOFF16,
RELOC_GLOB_DAT,
RELOC_JMP_SLOT,
RELOC_RELATIVE,
RELOC_11,
RELOC_WDISP2_14,
RELOC_WDISP19,
RELOC_HHI22, /* data[0:21] = (addend + sv) >> 42 */
RELOC_HLO10, /* data[0:9] = (addend + sv) >> 32 */
/* 29K relocation types. */
RELOC_JUMPTARG,
RELOC_CONST,
RELOC_CONSTH,
/* All the new ones I can think of, for sparc v9. */
RELOC_64, /* data[0:63] = addend + sv */
RELOC_DISP64, /* data[0:63] = addend - pc + sv */
RELOC_WDISP21, /* data[0:20] = (addend + sv - pc)>>2 */
RELOC_DISP21, /* data[0:20] = addend - pc + sv */
RELOC_DISP14, /* data[0:13] = addend - pc + sv */
/* Q .
What are the other ones,
Since this is a clean slate, can we throw away the ones we dont
understand ? Should we sort the values ? What about using a
microcode format like the 68k ? */
NO_RELOC
};
struct reloc_internal
{
bfd_vma r_address; /* Offset of of data to relocate. */
long r_index; /* Symbol table index of symbol. */
enum reloc_type r_type; /* Relocation type. */
bfd_vma r_addend; /* Datum addend. */
};
/* Q.
Should the length of the string table be 4 bytes or 8 bytes ?
Q.
What about archive indexes ? */
#endif /* __A_OUT_64_H__ */

52
include/aout/ar.h
View File

@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
/* archive file definition for GNU software
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* So far this is correct for BSDish archives. Don't forget that
files must begin on an even byte boundary. */
#ifndef __GNU_AR_H__
#define __GNU_AR_H__
/* Note that the usual '\n' in magic strings may translate to different
characters, as allowed by ANSI. '\012' has a fixed value, and remains
compatible with existing BSDish archives. */
#define ARMAG "!<arch>\012" /* For COFF and a.out archives */
#define ARMAGB "!<bout>\012" /* For b.out archives */
#define SARMAG 8
#define ARFMAG "`\012"
/* The ar_date field of the armap (__.SYMDEF) member of an archive
must be greater than the modified date of the entire file, or
BSD-derived linkers complain. We originally write the ar_date with
this offset from the real file's mod-time. After finishing the
file, we rewrite ar_date if it's not still greater than the mod date. */
#define ARMAP_TIME_OFFSET 60
struct ar_hdr {
char ar_name[16]; /* name of this member */
char ar_date[12]; /* file mtime */
char ar_uid[6]; /* owner uid; printed as decimal */
char ar_gid[6]; /* owner gid; printed as decimal */
char ar_mode[8]; /* file mode, printed as octal */
char ar_size[10]; /* file size, printed as decimal */
char ar_fmag[2]; /* should contain ARFMAG */
};
#endif /* __GNU_AR_H__ */

86
include/aout/dynix3.h
View File

@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
/* a.out specifics for Sequent Symmetry running Dynix 3.x
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef A_OUT_DYNIX3_H
#define A_OUT_DYNIX3_H
#define external_exec dynix_external_exec
/* struct exec for Dynix 3
a_gdtbl and a_bootstrap are only for standalone binaries.
Shared data fields are not supported by the kernel as of Dynix 3.1,
but are supported by Dynix compiler programs. */
struct dynix_external_exec
{
unsigned char e_info[4];
unsigned char e_text[4];
unsigned char e_data[4];
unsigned char e_bss[4];
unsigned char e_syms[4];
unsigned char e_entry[4];
unsigned char e_trsize[4];
unsigned char e_drsize[4];
unsigned char e_g_code[8];
unsigned char e_g_data[8];
unsigned char e_g_desc[8];
unsigned char e_shdata[4];
unsigned char e_shbss[4];
unsigned char e_shdrsize[4];
unsigned char e_bootstrap[44];
unsigned char e_reserved[12];
unsigned char e_version[4];
};
#define EXEC_BYTES_SIZE (128)
/* All executables under Dynix are demand paged with read-only text,
Thus no NMAGIC.
ZMAGIC has a page of 0s at virtual 0,
XMAGIC has an invalid page at virtual 0. */
#define OMAGIC 0x12eb /* .o */
#define ZMAGIC 0x22eb /* zero @ 0, demand load */
#define XMAGIC 0x32eb /* invalid @ 0, demand load */
#define SMAGIC 0x42eb /* standalone, not supported here */
#define N_BADMAG(x) ((OMAGIC != N_MAGIC(x)) && \
(ZMAGIC != N_MAGIC(x)) && \
(XMAGIC != N_MAGIC(x)) && \
(SMAGIC != N_MAGIC(x)))
#define N_ADDRADJ(x) ((ZMAGIC == N_MAGIC(x) || XMAGIC == N_MAGIC(x)) ? 0x1000 : 0)
#define N_TXTOFF(x) (EXEC_BYTES_SIZE)
#define N_DATOFF(x) (N_TXTOFF(x) + N_TXTSIZE(x))
#define N_SHDATOFF(x) (N_DATOFF(x) + (x).a_data)
#define N_TRELOFF(x) (N_SHDATOFF(x) + (x).a_shdata)
#define N_DRELOFF(x) (N_TRELOFF(x) + (x).a_trsize)
#define N_SHDRELOFF(x) (N_DRELOFF(x) + (x).a_drsize)
#define N_SYMOFF(x) (N_SHDRELOFF(x) + (x).a_shdrsize)
#define N_STROFF(x) (N_SYMOFF(x) + (x).a_syms)
#define N_TXTADDR(x) \
(((OMAGIC == N_MAGIC(x)) || (SMAGIC == N_MAGIC(x))) ? 0 \
: TEXT_START_ADDR + EXEC_BYTES_SIZE)
#define N_TXTSIZE(x) \
(((OMAGIC == N_MAGIC(x)) || (SMAGIC == N_MAGIC(x))) ? ((x).a_text) \
: ((x).a_text - N_ADDRADJ(x) - EXEC_BYTES_SIZE))
#endif /* A_OUT_DYNIX3_H */

135
include/aout/encap.h
View File

@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
/* Yet Another Try at encapsulating bsd object files in coff.
Copyright 1988, 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Pace Willisson 12/9/88
This file is obsolete. It needs to be converted to just define a bunch
of stuff that BFD can use to do coff-encapsulated files. --gnu@cygnus.com
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/*
* We only use the coff headers to tell the kernel
* how to exec the file. Therefore, the only fields that need to
* be filled in are the scnptr and vaddr for the text and data
* sections, and the vaddr for the bss. As far as coff is concerned,
* there is no symbol table, relocation, or line numbers.
*
* A normal bsd header (struct exec) is placed after the coff headers,
* and before the real text. I defined a the new fields 'a_machtype'
* and a_flags. If a_machtype is M_386, and a_flags & A_ENCAP is
* true, then the bsd header is preceeded by a coff header. Macros
* like N_TXTOFF and N_TXTADDR use this field to find the bsd header.
*
* The only problem is to track down the bsd exec header. The
* macros HEADER_OFFSET, etc do this.
*/
#define N_FLAGS_COFF_ENCAPSULATE 0x20 /* coff header precedes bsd header */
/* Describe the COFF header used for encapsulation. */
struct coffheader
{
/* filehdr */
unsigned short f_magic;
unsigned short f_nscns;
long f_timdat;
long f_symptr;
long f_nsyms;
unsigned short f_opthdr;
unsigned short f_flags;
/* aouthdr */
short magic;
short vstamp;
long tsize;
long dsize;
long bsize;
long entry;
long text_start;
long data_start;
struct coffscn
{
char s_name[8];
long s_paddr;
long s_vaddr;
long s_size;
long s_scnptr;
long s_relptr;
long s_lnnoptr;
unsigned short s_nreloc;
unsigned short s_nlnno;
long s_flags;
} scns[3];
};
/* Describe some of the parameters of the encapsulation,
including how to find the encapsulated BSD header. */
/* FIXME, this is dumb. The same tools can't handle a.outs for different
architectures, just because COFF_MAGIC is different; so you need a
separate GNU nm for every architecture!!? Unfortunately, it needs to
be this way, since the COFF_MAGIC value is determined by the kernel
we're trying to fool here. */
#define COFF_MAGIC_I386 0514 /* I386MAGIC */
#define COFF_MAGIC_M68K 0520 /* MC68MAGIC */
#define COFF_MAGIC_A29K 0x17A /* Used by asm29k cross-tools */
#ifdef COFF_MAGIC
short __header_offset_temp;
#define HEADER_OFFSET(f) \
(__header_offset_temp = 0, \
fread ((char *)&__header_offset_temp, sizeof (short), 1, (f)), \
fseek ((f), -sizeof (short), 1), \
__header_offset_temp==COFF_MAGIC ? sizeof(struct coffheader) : 0)
#else
#define HEADER_OFFSET(f) 0
#endif
#define HEADER_SEEK(f) (fseek ((f), HEADER_OFFSET((f)), 1))
/* Describe the characteristics of the BSD header
that appears inside the encapsulation. */
/* Encapsulated coff files that are linked ZMAGIC have a text segment
offset just past the header (and a matching TXTADDR), excluding
the headers from the text segment proper but keeping the physical
layout and the virtual memory layout page-aligned.
Non-encapsulated a.out files that are linked ZMAGIC have a text
segment that starts at 0 and an N_TXTADR similarly offset to 0.
They too are page-aligned with each other, but they include the
a.out header as part of the text.
The _N_HDROFF gets sizeof struct exec added to it, so we have
to compensate here. See <a.out.gnu.h>. */
#undef _N_HDROFF
#undef N_TXTADDR
#undef N_DATADDR
#define _N_HDROFF(x) ((N_FLAGS(x) & N_FLAGS_COFF_ENCAPSULATE) ? \
sizeof (struct coffheader) : 0)
/* Address of text segment in memory after it is loaded. */
#define N_TXTADDR(x) \
((N_FLAGS(x) & N_FLAGS_COFF_ENCAPSULATE) ? \
sizeof (struct coffheader) + sizeof (struct exec) : 0)
#define SEGMENT_SIZE 0x400000
#define N_DATADDR(x) \
((N_FLAGS(x) & N_FLAGS_COFF_ENCAPSULATE) ? \
(SEGMENT_SIZE + ((N_TXTADDR(x)+(x).a_text-1) & ~(SEGMENT_SIZE-1))) : \
(N_TXTADDR(x)+(x).a_text))

42
include/aout/host.h
View File

@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
/* host.h - Parameters about the a.out format, based on the host system
on which the program is compiled.
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Address of data segment in memory after it is loaded.
It is up to you to define SEGMENT_SIZE on machines not listed here. */
#ifndef SEGMENT_SIZE
#if defined(hp300) || defined(pyr)
#define SEGMENT_SIZE page_size
#endif
#ifdef sony
#define SEGMENT_SIZE 0x1000
#endif /* Sony. */
#ifdef is68k
#define SEGMENT_SIZE 0x20000
#endif
#if defined(m68k) && defined(PORTAR)
#define TARGET_PAGE_SIZE 0x400
#define SEGMENT_SIZE TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
#endif
#endif /*!defined(SEGMENT_SIZE)*/

82
include/aout/hp.h
View File

@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
/* Special version of <a.out.h> for use under hp-ux.
Copyright 1988, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* THIS FILE IS OBSOLETE. It needs to be revised as a variant "external"
a.out format for use with BFD. */
/* The `exec' structure and overall layout must be close to HP's when
we are running on an HP system, otherwise we will not be able to
execute the resulting file. */
/* Allow this file to be included twice. */
#ifndef __GNU_EXEC_MACROS__
struct exec
{
unsigned short a_machtype; /* machine type */
unsigned short a_magic; /* magic number */
unsigned long a_spare1;
unsigned long a_spare2;
unsigned long a_text; /* length of text, in bytes */
unsigned long a_data; /* length of data, in bytes */
unsigned long a_bss; /* length of uninitialized data area for file, in bytes */
unsigned long a_trsize; /* length of relocation info for text, in bytes */
unsigned long a_drsize; /* length of relocation info for data, in bytes */
unsigned long a_spare3; /* HP = pascal interface size */
unsigned long a_spare4; /* HP = symbol table size */
unsigned long a_spare5; /* HP = debug name table size */
unsigned long a_entry; /* start address */
unsigned long a_spare6; /* HP = source line table size */
unsigned long a_spare7; /* HP = value table size */
unsigned long a_syms; /* length of symbol table data in file, in bytes */
unsigned long a_spare8;
};
/* Tell a.out.gnu.h not to define `struct exec'. */
#define __STRUCT_EXEC_OVERRIDE__
#include "../a.out.gnu.h"
#undef N_MAGIC
#undef N_MACHTYPE
#undef N_FLAGS
#undef N_SET_INFO
#undef N_SET_MAGIC
#undef N_SET_MACHTYPE
#undef N_SET_FLAGS
#define N_MAGIC(exec) ((exec) . a_magic)
#define N_MACHTYPE(exec) ((exec) . a_machtype)
#define N_SET_MAGIC(exec, magic) (((exec) . a_magic) = (magic))
#define N_SET_MACHTYPE(exec, machtype) (((exec) . a_machtype) = (machtype))
#undef N_BADMAG
#define N_BADMAG(x) ((_N_BADMAG (x)) || (_N_BADMACH (x)))
#define _N_BADMACH(x) \
(((N_MACHTYPE (x)) != HP9000S200_ID) && \
((N_MACHTYPE (x)) != HP98x6_ID))
#define HP98x6_ID 0x20A
#define HP9000S200_ID 0x20C
#undef _N_HDROFF
#define _N_HDROFF(x) (SEGMENT_SIZE - (sizeof (struct exec)))
#define SEGMENT_SIZE 0x1000
#endif /* __GNU_EXEC_MACROS__ */

119
include/aout/hp300hpux.h
View File

@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
/* Special version of <a.out.h> for use under hp-ux.
Copyright 1988, 1993, 1995, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. */
struct hp300hpux_exec_bytes
{
unsigned char e_info[4]; /* a_machtype/a_magic */
unsigned char e_spare1[4];
unsigned char e_spare2[4];
unsigned char e_text[4]; /* length of text, in bytes */
unsigned char e_data[4]; /* length of data, in bytes */
unsigned char e_bss[4]; /* length of uninitialized data area , in bytes */
unsigned char e_trsize[4]; /* length of relocation info for text, in bytes*/
unsigned char e_drsize[4]; /* length of relocation info for data, in bytes*/
unsigned char e_passize[4];/* HP = pascal interface size */
unsigned char e_syms[4]; /* HP = symbol table size */
unsigned char e_spare5[4]; /* HP = debug name table size */
unsigned char e_entry[4]; /* start address */
unsigned char e_spare6[4]; /* HP = source line table size */
unsigned char e_supsize[4];/* HP = value table size */
unsigned char e_drelocs[4];
unsigned char e_extension[4]; /* file offset of extension */
};
#define EXEC_BYTES_SIZE 64
struct hp300hpux_nlist_bytes
{
unsigned char e_value[4];
unsigned char e_type[1];
unsigned char e_length[1]; /* length of ascii symbol name */
unsigned char e_almod[2]; /* alignment mod */
unsigned char e_shlib[2]; /* info about dynamic linking */
};
#define EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE 10
struct hp300hpux_reloc
{
unsigned char r_address[4];/* offset of of data to relocate */
unsigned char r_index[2]; /* symbol table index of symbol */
unsigned char r_type[1]; /* relocation type */
unsigned char r_length[1]; /* length of item to reloc */
};
struct hp300hpux_header_extension
{
unsigned char e_syms[4];
unsigned char unique_headers[12*4];
unsigned char e_header[2]; /* type of header */
unsigned char e_version[2]; /* version */
unsigned char e_size[4]; /* bytes following*/
unsigned char e_extension[4];/* file offset of next extension */
};
#define EXTERNAL_EXTENSION_HEADER_SIZE (16*4)
/* hpux separates object files (0x106) and impure executables (0x107) */
/* but the bfd code does not distinguish between them. Since we want to*/
/* read hpux .o files, we add an special define and use it below in */
/* offset and address calculations. */
#define HPUX_DOT_O_MAGIC 0x106
#define OMAGIC 0x107 /* object file or impure executable. */
#define NMAGIC 0x108 /* Code indicating pure executable. */
#define ZMAGIC 0x10B /* demand-paged executable. */
#define N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) 0
#if 0 /* libaout.h only uses the lower 8 bits */
#define HP98x6_ID 0x20A
#define HP9000S200_ID 0x20C
#endif
#define HP98x6_ID 0x0A
#define HP9000S200_ID 0x0C
#define N_BADMAG(x) ((_N_BADMAG (x)) || (_N_BADMACH (x)))
#define N_DATADDR(x) \
((N_MAGIC (x) == OMAGIC || N_MAGIC (x) == HPUX_DOT_O_MAGIC) \
? (N_TXTADDR (x) + N_TXTSIZE (x)) \
: (N_SEGSIZE (x) + ((N_TXTADDR (x) + N_TXTSIZE (x) - 1) \
& ~ (bfd_vma) (N_SEGSIZE (x) - 1))))
#define _N_BADMACH(x) \
(((N_MACHTYPE (x)) != HP9000S200_ID) && ((N_MACHTYPE (x)) != HP98x6_ID))
#define _N_BADMAG(x) (N_MAGIC(x) != HPUX_DOT_O_MAGIC \
&& N_MAGIC(x) != OMAGIC \
&& N_MAGIC(x) != NMAGIC \
&& N_MAGIC(x) != ZMAGIC )
#undef _N_HDROFF
#define _N_HDROFF(x) (SEGMENT_SIZE - (sizeof (struct exec)))
#undef N_DATOFF
#undef N_PASOFF
#undef N_SYMOFF
#undef N_SUPOFF
#undef N_TRELOFF
#undef N_DRELOFF
#undef N_STROFF
#define N_DATOFF(x) ( N_TXTOFF(x) + N_TXTSIZE(x) )
#define N_PASOFF(x) ( N_DATOFF(x) + (x).a_data)
#define N_SYMOFF(x) ( N_PASOFF(x) /* + (x).a_passize*/ )
#define N_SUPOFF(x) ( N_SYMOFF(x) + (x).a_syms )
#define N_TRELOFF(x) ( N_SUPOFF(x) /* + 0 (x).a_supsize*/ )
#define N_DRELOFF(x) ( N_TRELOFF(x) + (x).a_trsize )
#define N_EXTHOFF(x) ( N_DRELOFF(x) /* + 0 (x).a_drsize */)
#define N_STROFF(x) ( 0 /* no string table */ )
/* use these when the file has gnu symbol tables */
#define N_GNU_TRELOFF(x) (N_DATOFF(x) + (x).a_data)
#define N_GNU_DRELOFF(x) (N_GNU_TRELOFF(x) + (x).a_trsize)
#define N_GNU_SYMOFF(x) (N_GNU_DRELOFF(x) + (x).a_drsize)
#define TARGET_PAGE_SIZE 0x1000
#define SEGMENT_SIZE 0x1000
#define TEXT_START_ADDR 0
#undef N_SHARED_LIB
#define N_SHARED_LIB(x) ( 0 /* no shared libraries */ )

7
include/aout/hppa.h
View File

@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
#include "filehdr.h"
#include "aouthdr.h"
#include "scnhdr.h"
#include "spacehdr.h"
#include "syms.h"

62
include/aout/ranlib.h
View File

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/* ranlib.h -- archive library index member definition for GNU.
Copyright 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* The Symdef member of an archive contains two things:
a table that maps symbol-string offsets to file offsets,
and a symbol-string table. All the symbol names are
run together (each with trailing null) in the symbol-string
table. There is a single longword bytecount on the front
of each of these tables. Thus if we have two symbols,
"foo" and "_bar", that are in archive members at offsets
200 and 900, it would look like this:
16 ; byte count of index table
0 ; offset of "foo" in string table
200 ; offset of foo-module in file
4 ; offset of "bar" in string table
900 ; offset of bar-module in file
9 ; byte count of string table
"foo\0_bar\0" ; string table */
#define RANLIBMAG "__.SYMDEF" /* Archive file name containing index */
#define RANLIBSKEW 3 /* Creation time offset */
/* Format of __.SYMDEF:
First, a longword containing the size of the 'symdef' data that follows.
Second, zero or more 'symdef' structures.
Third, a longword containing the length of symbol name strings.
Fourth, zero or more symbol name strings (each followed by a null). */
struct symdef
{
union
{
unsigned long string_offset; /* In the file */
char *name; /* In memory, sometimes */
} s;
/* this points to the front of the file header (AKA member header --
a struct ar_hdr), not to the front of the file or into the file).
in other words it only tells you which file to read */
unsigned long file_offset;
};
/* Compatability with BSD code */
#define ranlib symdef
#define ran_un s
#define ran_strx string_offset
#define ran_name name
#define ran_off file_offset

66
include/aout/reloc.h
View File

@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
/* reloc.h -- Header file for relocation information.
Copyright 1989, 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Relocation types for a.out files using reloc_info_extended
(SPARC and AMD 29000). */
#ifndef _RELOC_H_READ_
#define _RELOC_H_READ_ 1
enum reloc_type
{
RELOC_8, RELOC_16, RELOC_32, /* simple relocations */
RELOC_DISP8, RELOC_DISP16, RELOC_DISP32, /* pc-rel displacement */
RELOC_WDISP30, RELOC_WDISP22,
RELOC_HI22, RELOC_22,
RELOC_13, RELOC_LO10,
RELOC_SFA_BASE, RELOC_SFA_OFF13,
RELOC_BASE10, RELOC_BASE13, RELOC_BASE22, /* P.I.C. (base-relative) */
RELOC_PC10, RELOC_PC22, /* for some sort of pc-rel P.I.C. (?) */
RELOC_JMP_TBL, /* P.I.C. jump table */
RELOC_SEGOFF16, /* reputedly for shared libraries somehow */
RELOC_GLOB_DAT, RELOC_JMP_SLOT, RELOC_RELATIVE,
RELOC_11,
RELOC_WDISP2_14,
RELOC_WDISP19,
RELOC_HHI22,
RELOC_HLO10,
/* 29K relocation types */
RELOC_JUMPTARG, RELOC_CONST, RELOC_CONSTH,
RELOC_WDISP14, RELOC_WDISP21,
NO_RELOC
};
#define RELOC_TYPE_NAMES \
"8", "16", "32", "DISP8", \
"DISP16", "DISP32", "WDISP30", "WDISP22", \
"HI22", "22", "13", "LO10", \
"SFA_BASE", "SFAOFF13", "BASE10", "BASE13", \
"BASE22", "PC10", "PC22", "JMP_TBL", \
"SEGOFF16", "GLOB_DAT", "JMP_SLOT", "RELATIVE", \
"11", "WDISP2_14", "WDISP19", "HHI22", \
"HLO10", \
"JUMPTARG", "CONST", "CONSTH", "WDISP14", \
"WDISP21", \
"NO_RELOC"
#endif /* _RELOC_H_READ_ */
/* end of reloc.h */

268
include/aout/stab.def
View File

@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
/* Table of DBX symbol codes for the GNU system.
Copyright 1988, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* New stab from Solaris 2. This uses an n_type of 0, which in a.out files
overlaps the N_UNDF used for ordinary symbols. In ELF files, the
debug information is in a different file section, so there is no conflict.
This symbol's n_value gives the size of the string section associated
with this file. The symbol's n_strx (relative to the just-updated
string section start address) gives the name of the source file,
e.g. "foo.c", without any path information. The symbol's n_desc gives
the count of upcoming symbols associated with this file (not including
this one). */
/* __define_stab (N_UNDF, 0x00, "UNDF") */
/* Global variable. Only the name is significant.
To find the address, look in the corresponding external symbol. */
__define_stab (N_GSYM, 0x20, "GSYM")
/* Function name for BSD Fortran. Only the name is significant.
To find the address, look in the corresponding external symbol. */
__define_stab (N_FNAME, 0x22, "FNAME")
/* Function name or text-segment variable for C. Value is its address.
Desc is supposedly starting line number, but GCC doesn't set it
and DBX seems not to miss it. */
__define_stab (N_FUN, 0x24, "FUN")
/* Data-segment variable with internal linkage. Value is its address.
"Static Sym". */
__define_stab (N_STSYM, 0x26, "STSYM")
/* BSS-segment variable with internal linkage. Value is its address. */
__define_stab (N_LCSYM, 0x28, "LCSYM")
/* Name of main routine. Only the name is significant. */
__define_stab (N_MAIN, 0x2a, "MAIN")
/* Solaris2: Read-only data symbols. */
__define_stab (N_ROSYM, 0x2c, "ROSYM")
/* Global symbol in Pascal.
Supposedly the value is its line number; I'm skeptical. */
__define_stab (N_PC, 0x30, "PC")
/* Number of symbols: 0, files,,funcs,lines according to Ultrix V4.0. */
__define_stab (N_NSYMS, 0x32, "NSYMS")
/* "No DST map for sym: name, ,0,type,ignored" according to Ultrix V4.0. */
__define_stab (N_NOMAP, 0x34, "NOMAP")
/* New stab from Solaris 2. Like N_SO, but for the object file. Two in
a row provide the build directory and the relative path of the .o from it.
Solaris2 uses this to avoid putting the stabs info into the linked
executable; this stab goes into the ".stab.index" section, and the debugger
reads the real stabs directly from the .o files instead. */
__define_stab (N_OBJ, 0x38, "OBJ")
/* New stab from Solaris 2. Options for the debugger, related to the
source language for this module. E.g. whether to use ANSI
integral promotions or traditional integral promotions. */
__define_stab (N_OPT, 0x3c, "OPT")
/* Register variable. Value is number of register. */
__define_stab (N_RSYM, 0x40, "RSYM")
/* Modula-2 compilation unit. Can someone say what info it contains? */
__define_stab (N_M2C, 0x42, "M2C")
/* Line number in text segment. Desc is the line number;
value is corresponding address. On Solaris2, the line number is
relative to the start of the current function. */
__define_stab (N_SLINE, 0x44, "SLINE")
/* Similar, for data segment. */
__define_stab (N_DSLINE, 0x46, "DSLINE")
/* Similar, for bss segment. */
__define_stab (N_BSLINE, 0x48, "BSLINE")
/* Sun's source-code browser stabs. ?? Don't know what the fields are.
Supposedly the field is "path to associated .cb file". THIS VALUE
OVERLAPS WITH N_BSLINE! */
__define_stab_duplicate (N_BROWS, 0x48, "BROWS")
/* GNU Modula-2 definition module dependency. Value is the modification time
of the definition file. Other is non-zero if it is imported with the
GNU M2 keyword %INITIALIZE. Perhaps N_M2C can be used if there
are enough empty fields? */
__define_stab(N_DEFD, 0x4a, "DEFD")
/* New in Solaris2. Function start/body/end line numbers. */
__define_stab(N_FLINE, 0x4C, "FLINE")
/* THE FOLLOWING TWO STAB VALUES CONFLICT. Happily, one is for Modula-2
and one is for C++. Still,... */
/* GNU C++ exception variable. Name is variable name. */
__define_stab (N_EHDECL, 0x50, "EHDECL")
/* Modula2 info "for imc": name,,0,0,0 according to Ultrix V4.0. */
__define_stab_duplicate (N_MOD2, 0x50, "MOD2")
/* GNU C++ `catch' clause. Value is its address. Desc is nonzero if
this entry is immediately followed by a CAUGHT stab saying what exception
was caught. Multiple CAUGHT stabs means that multiple exceptions
can be caught here. If Desc is 0, it means all exceptions are caught
here. */
__define_stab (N_CATCH, 0x54, "CATCH")
/* Structure or union element. Value is offset in the structure. */
__define_stab (N_SSYM, 0x60, "SSYM")
/* Solaris2: Last stab emitted for module. */
__define_stab (N_ENDM, 0x62, "ENDM")
/* Name of main source file.
Value is starting text address of the compilation.
If multiple N_SO's appear, the first to contain a trailing / is the
compilation directory. The first to not contain a trailing / is the
source file name, relative to the compilation directory. Others (perhaps
resulting from cfront) are ignored.
On Solaris2, value is undefined, but desc is a source-language code. */
__define_stab (N_SO, 0x64, "SO")
/* SunPro F77: Name of alias. */
__define_stab (N_ALIAS, 0x6c, "ALIAS")
/* Automatic variable in the stack. Value is offset from frame pointer.
Also used for type descriptions. */
__define_stab (N_LSYM, 0x80, "LSYM")
/* Beginning of an include file. Only Sun uses this.
In an object file, only the name is significant.
The Sun linker puts data into some of the other fields. */
__define_stab (N_BINCL, 0x82, "BINCL")
/* Name of sub-source file (#include file).
Value is starting text address of the compilation. */
__define_stab (N_SOL, 0x84, "SOL")
/* Parameter variable. Value is offset from argument pointer.
(On most machines the argument pointer is the same as the frame pointer. */
__define_stab (N_PSYM, 0xa0, "PSYM")
/* End of an include file. No name.
This and N_BINCL act as brackets around the file's output.
In an object file, there is no significant data in this entry.
The Sun linker puts data into some of the fields. */
__define_stab (N_EINCL, 0xa2, "EINCL")
/* Alternate entry point. Value is its address. */
__define_stab (N_ENTRY, 0xa4, "ENTRY")
/* Beginning of lexical block.
The desc is the nesting level in lexical blocks.
The value is the address of the start of the text for the block.
The variables declared inside the block *precede* the N_LBRAC symbol.
On Solaris2, the value is relative to the start of the current function. */
__define_stab (N_LBRAC, 0xc0, "LBRAC")
/* Place holder for deleted include file. Replaces a N_BINCL and everything
up to the corresponding N_EINCL. The Sun linker generates these when
it finds multiple identical copies of the symbols from an include file.
This appears only in output from the Sun linker. */
__define_stab (N_EXCL, 0xc2, "EXCL")
/* Modula-2 scope information. Can someone say what info it contains? */
__define_stab (N_SCOPE, 0xc4, "SCOPE")
/* End of a lexical block. Desc matches the N_LBRAC's desc.
The value is the address of the end of the text for the block.
On Solaris2, the value is relative to the start of the current function. */
__define_stab (N_RBRAC, 0xe0, "RBRAC")
/* Begin named common block. Only the name is significant. */
__define_stab (N_BCOMM, 0xe2, "BCOMM")
/* End named common block. Only the name is significant
(and it should match the N_BCOMM). */
__define_stab (N_ECOMM, 0xe4, "ECOMM")
/* Member of a common block; value is offset within the common block.
This should occur within a BCOMM/ECOMM pair. */
__define_stab (N_ECOML, 0xe8, "ECOML")
/* Solaris2: Pascal "with" statement: type,,0,0,offset */
__define_stab (N_WITH, 0xea, "WITH")
/* These STAB's are used on Gould systems for Non-Base register symbols
or something like that. FIXME. I have assigned the values at random
since I don't have a Gould here. Fixups from Gould folk welcome... */
__define_stab (N_NBTEXT, 0xF0, "NBTEXT")
__define_stab (N_NBDATA, 0xF2, "NBDATA")
__define_stab (N_NBBSS, 0xF4, "NBBSS")
__define_stab (N_NBSTS, 0xF6, "NBSTS")
__define_stab (N_NBLCS, 0xF8, "NBLCS")
/* Second symbol entry containing a length-value for the preceding entry.
The value is the length. */
__define_stab (N_LENG, 0xfe, "LENG")
/* The above information, in matrix format.
STAB MATRIX
_________________________________________________
| 00 - 1F are not dbx stab symbols |
| In most cases, the low bit is the EXTernal bit|
| 00 UNDEF | 02 ABS | 04 TEXT | 06 DATA |
| 01 |EXT | 03 |EXT | 05 |EXT | 07 |EXT |
| 08 BSS | 0A INDR | 0C FN_SEQ | 0E WEAKA |
| 09 |EXT | 0B | 0D WEAKU | 0F WEAKT |
| 10 WEAKD | 12 COMM | 14 SETA | 16 SETT |
| 11 WEAKB | 13 | 15 | 17 |
| 18 SETD | 1A SETB | 1C SETV | 1E WARNING|
| 19 | 1B | 1D | 1F FN |
|_______________________________________________|
| Debug entries with bit 01 set are unused. |
| 20 GSYM | 22 FNAME | 24 FUN | 26 STSYM |
| 28 LCSYM | 2A MAIN | 2C ROSYM | 2E |
| 30 PC | 32 NSYMS | 34 NOMAP | 36 |
| 38 OBJ | 3A | 3C OPT | 3E |
| 40 RSYM | 42 M2C | 44 SLINE | 46 DSLINE |
| 48 BSLINE*| 4A DEFD | 4C FLINE | 4E |
| 50 EHDECL*| 52 | 54 CATCH | 56 |
| 58 | 5A | 5C | 5E |
| 60 SSYM | 62 ENDM | 64 SO | 66 |
| 68 | 6A | 6C ALIAS | 6E |
| 70 | 72 | 74 | 76 |
| 78 | 7A | 7C | 7E |
| 80 LSYM | 82 BINCL | 84 SOL | 86 |
| 88 | 8A | 8C | 8E |
| 90 | 92 | 94 | 96 |
| 98 | 9A | 9C | 9E |
| A0 PSYM | A2 EINCL | A4 ENTRY | A6 |
| A8 | AA | AC | AE |
| B0 | B2 | B4 | B6 |
| B8 | BA | BC | BE |
| C0 LBRAC | C2 EXCL | C4 SCOPE | C6 |
| C8 | CA | CC | CE |
| D0 | D2 | D4 | D6 |
| D8 | DA | DC | DE |
| E0 RBRAC | E2 BCOMM | E4 ECOMM | E6 |
| E8 ECOML | EA WITH | EC | EE |
| F0 | F2 | F4 | F6 |
| F8 | FA | FC | FE LENG |
+-----------------------------------------------+
* 50 EHDECL is also MOD2.
* 48 BSLINE is also BROWS.
*/

54
include/aout/stab_gnu.h
View File

@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
/* gnu_stab.h Definitions for GNU extensions to STABS
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef __GNU_STAB__
/* Indicate the GNU stab.h is in use. */
#define __GNU_STAB__
#define __define_stab(NAME, CODE, STRING) NAME=CODE,
#define __define_stab_duplicate(NAME, CODE, STRING) NAME=CODE,
enum __stab_debug_code
{
#include "aout/stab.def"
LAST_UNUSED_STAB_CODE
};
#undef __define_stab
/* Definitions of "desc" field for N_SO stabs in Solaris2. */
#define N_SO_AS 1
#define N_SO_C 2
#define N_SO_ANSI_C 3
#define N_SO_CC 4 /* C++ */
#define N_SO_FORTRAN 5
#define N_SO_PASCAL 6
/* Solaris2: Floating point type values in basic types. */
#define NF_NONE 0
#define NF_SINGLE 1 /* IEEE 32-bit */
#define NF_DOUBLE 2 /* IEEE 64-bit */
#define NF_COMPLEX 3 /* Fortran complex */
#define NF_COMPLEX16 4 /* Fortran double complex */
#define NF_COMPLEX32 5 /* Fortran complex*16 */
#define NF_LDOUBLE 6 /* Long double (whatever that is) */
#endif /* __GNU_STAB_ */

235
include/aout/sun4.h
View File

@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
/* SPARC-specific values for a.out files
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Some systems, e.g., AIX, may have defined this in header files already
included. */
#undef TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
#define TARGET_PAGE_SIZE 0x2000 /* 8K. aka NBPG in <sys/param.h> */
/* Note that some SPARCs have 4K pages, some 8K, some others. */
#define SEG_SIZE_SPARC TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
#define SEG_SIZE_SUN3 0x20000 /* Resolution of r/w protection hw */
#define TEXT_START_ADDR TARGET_PAGE_SIZE /* Location 0 is not accessible */
#define N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) 1
/* Non-default definitions of the accessor macros... */
/* Segment size varies on Sun-3 versus Sun-4. */
#define N_SEGSIZE(x) (N_MACHTYPE(x) == M_SPARC? SEG_SIZE_SPARC: \
N_MACHTYPE(x) == M_68020? SEG_SIZE_SUN3: \
/* Guess? */ TARGET_PAGE_SIZE)
/* Virtual Address of text segment from the a.out file. For OMAGIC,
(almost always "unlinked .o's" these days), should be zero.
Sun added a kludge so that shared libraries linked ZMAGIC get
an address of zero if a_entry (!!!) is lower than the otherwise
expected text address. These kludges have gotta go!
For linked files, should reflect reality if we know it. */
/* This differs from the version in aout64.h (which we override by defining
it here) only for NMAGIC (we return TEXT_START_ADDR+EXEC_BYTES_SIZE;
they return 0). */
#define N_TXTADDR(x) \
(N_MAGIC(x)==OMAGIC? 0 \
: (N_MAGIC(x) == ZMAGIC && (x).a_entry < TEXT_START_ADDR)? 0 \
: TEXT_START_ADDR+EXEC_BYTES_SIZE)
/* When a file is linked against a shared library on SunOS 4, the
dynamic bit in the exec header is set, and the first symbol in the
symbol table is __DYNAMIC. Its value is the address of the
following structure. */
struct external_sun4_dynamic
{
/* The version number of the structure. SunOS 4.1.x creates files
with version number 3, which is what this structure is based on.
According to gdb, version 2 is similar. I believe that version 2
used a different type of procedure linkage table, and there may
have been other differences. */
bfd_byte ld_version[4];
/* The virtual address of a 28 byte structure used in debugging.
The contents are filled in at run time by ld.so. */
bfd_byte ldd[4];
/* The virtual address of another structure with information about
how to relocate the executable at run time. */
bfd_byte ld[4];
};
/* The size of the debugging structure pointed to by the debugger
field of __DYNAMIC. */
#define EXTERNAL_SUN4_DYNAMIC_DEBUGGER_SIZE (24)
/* The structure pointed to by the linker field of __DYNAMIC. As far
as I can tell, most of the addresses in this structure are offsets
within the file, but some are actually virtual addresses. */
struct internal_sun4_dynamic_link
{
/* Linked list of loaded objects. This is filled in at runtime by
ld.so and probably by dlopen. */
unsigned long ld_loaded;
/* The address of the list of names of shared objects which must be
included at runtime. Each entry in the list is 16 bytes: the 4
byte address of the string naming the object (e.g., for -lc this
is "c"); 4 bytes of flags--the high bit is whether to search for
the object using the library path; the 2 byte major version
number; the 2 byte minor version number; the 4 byte address of
the next entry in the list (zero if this is the last entry). The
version numbers seem to only be non-zero when doing library
searching. */
unsigned long ld_need;
/* The address of the path to search for the shared objects which
must be included. This points to a string in PATH format which
is generated from the -L arguments to the linker. According to
the man page, ld.so implicitly adds ${LD_LIBRARY_PATH} to the
beginning of this string and /lib:/usr/lib:/usr/local/lib to the
end. The string is terminated by a null byte. This field is
zero if there is no additional path. */
unsigned long ld_rules;
/* The address of the global offset table. This appears to be a
virtual address, not a file offset. The first entry in the
global offset table seems to be the virtual address of the
sun4_dynamic structure (the same value as the __DYNAMIC symbol).
The global offset table is used for PIC code to hold the
addresses of variables. A dynamically linked file which does not
itself contain PIC code has a four byte global offset table. */
unsigned long ld_got;
/* The address of the procedure linkage table. This appears to be a
virtual address, not a file offset.
On a SPARC, the table is composed of 12 byte entries, each of
which consists of three instructions. The first entry is
sethi %hi(0),%g1
jmp %g1
nop
These instructions are changed by ld.so into a jump directly into
ld.so itself. Each subsequent entry is
save %sp, -96, %sp
call <address of first entry in procedure linkage table>
<reloc_number | 0x01000000>
The reloc_number is the number of the reloc to use to resolve
this entry. The reloc will be a JMP_SLOT reloc against some
symbol that is not defined in this object file but should be
defined in a shared object (if it is not, ld.so will report a
runtime error and exit). The constant 0x010000000 turns the
reloc number into a sethi of %g0, which does nothing since %g0 is
hardwired to zero.
When one of these entries is executed, it winds up calling into
ld.so. ld.so looks at the reloc number, available via the return
address, to determine which entry this is. It then looks at the
reloc and patches up the entry in the table into a sethi and jmp
to the real address followed by a nop. This means that the reloc
lookup only has to happen once, and it also means that the
relocation only needs to be done if the function is actually
called. The relocation is expensive because ld.so must look up
the symbol by name.
The size of the procedure linkage table is given by the ld_plt_sz
field. */
unsigned long ld_plt;
/* The address of the relocs. These are in the same format as
ordinary relocs. Symbol index numbers refer to the symbols
pointed to by ld_stab. I think the only way to determine the
number of relocs is to assume that all the bytes from ld_rel to
ld_hash contain reloc entries. */
unsigned long ld_rel;
/* The address of a hash table of symbols. The hash table has
roughly the same number of entries as there are dynamic symbols;
I think the only way to get the exact size is to assume that
every byte from ld_hash to ld_stab is devoted to the hash table.
Each entry in the hash table is eight bytes. The first four
bytes are a symbol index into the dynamic symbols. The second
four bytes are the index of the next hash table entry in the
bucket. The ld_buckets field gives the number of buckets, say B.
The first B entries in the hash table each start a bucket which
is chained through the second four bytes of each entry. A value
of zero ends the chain.
The hash function is simply
h = 0;
while (*string != '\0')
h = (h << 1) + *string++;
h &= 0x7fffffff;
To look up a symbol, compute the hash value of the name. Take
the modulos of hash value and the number of buckets. Start at
that entry in the hash table. See if the symbol (from the first
four bytes of the hash table entry) has the name you are looking
for. If not, use the chain field (the second four bytes of the
hash table entry) to move on to the next entry in this bucket.
If the chain field is zero you have reached the end of the
bucket, and the symbol is not in the hash table. */
unsigned long ld_hash;
/* The address of the symbol table. This is a list of
external_nlist structures. The string indices are relative to
the ld_symbols field. I think the only way to determine the
number of symbols is to assume that all the bytes between ld_stab
and ld_symbols are external_nlist structures. */
unsigned long ld_stab;
/* I don't know what this is for. It seems to always be zero. */
unsigned long ld_stab_hash;
/* The number of buckets in the hash table. */
unsigned long ld_buckets;
/* The address of the symbol string table. The first string in this
string table need not be the empty string. */
unsigned long ld_symbols;
/* The size in bytes of the symbol string table. */
unsigned long ld_symb_size;
/* The size in bytes of the text segment. */
unsigned long ld_text;
/* The size in bytes of the procedure linkage table. */
unsigned long ld_plt_sz;
};
/* The external form of the structure. */
struct external_sun4_dynamic_link
{
bfd_byte ld_loaded[4];
bfd_byte ld_need[4];
bfd_byte ld_rules[4];
bfd_byte ld_got[4];
bfd_byte ld_plt[4];
bfd_byte ld_rel[4];
bfd_byte ld_hash[4];
bfd_byte ld_stab[4];
bfd_byte ld_stab_hash[4];
bfd_byte ld_buckets[4];
bfd_byte ld_symbols[4];
bfd_byte ld_symb_size[4];
bfd_byte ld_text[4];
bfd_byte ld_plt_sz[4];
};

638
include/bfdlink.h
View File

@ -1,638 +0,0 @@
/* bfdlink.h -- header file for BFD link routines
Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Steve Chamberlain and Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef BFDLINK_H
#define BFDLINK_H
/* Which symbols to strip during a link. */
enum bfd_link_strip
{
strip_none, /* Don't strip any symbols. */
strip_debugger, /* Strip debugging symbols. */
strip_some, /* keep_hash is the list of symbols to keep. */
strip_all /* Strip all symbols. */
};
/* Which local symbols to discard during a link. This is irrelevant
if strip_all is used. */
enum bfd_link_discard
{
discard_sec_merge, /* Discard local temporary symbols in SEC_MERGE
sections. */
discard_none, /* Don't discard any locals. */
discard_l, /* Discard local temporary symbols. */
discard_all /* Discard all locals. */
};
/* Describes the type of hash table entry structure being used.
Different hash table structure have different fields and so
support different linking features. */
enum bfd_link_hash_table_type
{
bfd_link_generic_hash_table,
bfd_link_elf_hash_table
};
/* These are the possible types of an entry in the BFD link hash
table. */
enum bfd_link_hash_type
{
bfd_link_hash_new, /* Symbol is new. */
bfd_link_hash_undefined, /* Symbol seen before, but undefined. */
bfd_link_hash_undefweak, /* Symbol is weak and undefined. */
bfd_link_hash_defined, /* Symbol is defined. */
bfd_link_hash_defweak, /* Symbol is weak and defined. */
bfd_link_hash_common, /* Symbol is common. */
bfd_link_hash_indirect, /* Symbol is an indirect link. */
bfd_link_hash_warning /* Like indirect, but warn if referenced. */
};
enum bfd_link_common_skip_ar_aymbols
{
bfd_link_common_skip_none,
bfd_link_common_skip_text,
bfd_link_common_skip_data,
bfd_link_common_skip_all
};
/* The linking routines use a hash table which uses this structure for
its elements. */
struct bfd_link_hash_entry
{
/* Base hash table entry structure. */
struct bfd_hash_entry root;
/* Type of this entry. */
enum bfd_link_hash_type type;
/* Undefined and common symbols are kept in a linked list through
this field. This field is not in the union because that would
force us to remove entries from the list when we changed their
type, which would force the list to be doubly linked, which would
waste more memory. When an undefined or common symbol is
created, it should be added to this list, the head of which is in
the link hash table itself. As symbols are defined, they need
not be removed from the list; anything which reads the list must
doublecheck the symbol type.
Weak symbols are not kept on this list.
Defined and defweak symbols use this field as a reference marker.
If the field is not NULL, or this structure is the tail of the
undefined symbol list, the symbol has been referenced. If the
symbol is undefined and becomes defined, this field will
automatically be non-NULL since the symbol will have been on the
undefined symbol list. */
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *next;
/* A union of information depending upon the type. */
union
{
/* Nothing is kept for bfd_hash_new. */
/* bfd_link_hash_undefined, bfd_link_hash_undefweak. */
struct
{
bfd *abfd; /* BFD symbol was found in. */
} undef;
/* bfd_link_hash_defined, bfd_link_hash_defweak. */
struct
{
bfd_vma value; /* Symbol value. */
asection *section; /* Symbol section. */
} def;
/* bfd_link_hash_indirect, bfd_link_hash_warning. */
struct
{
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *link; /* Real symbol. */
const char *warning; /* Warning (bfd_link_hash_warning only). */
} i;
/* bfd_link_hash_common. */
struct
{
/* The linker needs to know three things about common
symbols: the size, the alignment, and the section in
which the symbol should be placed. We store the size
here, and we allocate a small structure to hold the
section and the alignment. The alignment is stored as a
power of two. We don't store all the information
directly because we don't want to increase the size of
the union; this structure is a major space user in the
linker. */
bfd_size_type size; /* Common symbol size. */
struct bfd_link_hash_common_entry
{
unsigned int alignment_power; /* Alignment. */
asection *section; /* Symbol section. */
} *p;
} c;
} u;
};
/* This is the link hash table. It is a derived class of
bfd_hash_table. */
struct bfd_link_hash_table
{
/* The hash table itself. */
struct bfd_hash_table table;
/* The back end which created this hash table. This indicates the
type of the entries in the hash table, which is sometimes
important information when linking object files of different
types together. */
const bfd_target *creator;
/* A linked list of undefined and common symbols, linked through the
next field in the bfd_link_hash_entry structure. */
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
/* Entries are added to the tail of the undefs list. */
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs_tail;
/* The type of the ink hash table. */
enum bfd_link_hash_table_type type;
};
/* Look up an entry in a link hash table. If FOLLOW is TRUE, this
follows bfd_link_hash_indirect and bfd_link_hash_warning links to
the real symbol. */
extern struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bfd_link_hash_lookup
PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_table *, const char *, bfd_boolean create,
bfd_boolean copy, bfd_boolean follow));
/* Look up an entry in the main linker hash table if the symbol might
be wrapped. This should only be used for references to an
undefined symbol, not for definitions of a symbol. */
extern struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup
PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const char *, bfd_boolean,
bfd_boolean, bfd_boolean));
/* Traverse a link hash table. */
extern void bfd_link_hash_traverse
PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_table *,
bfd_boolean (*) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, PTR),
PTR));
/* Add an entry to the undefs list. */
extern void bfd_link_add_undef
PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_table *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *));
struct bfd_sym_chain
{
struct bfd_sym_chain *next;
const char *name;
};
/* This structure holds all the information needed to communicate
between BFD and the linker when doing a link. */
struct bfd_link_info
{
/* TRUE if BFD should generate a relocatable object file. */
unsigned int relocateable: 1;
/* TRUE if BFD should generate relocation information in the final
executable. */
unsigned int emitrelocations: 1;
/* TRUE if BFD should generate a "task linked" object file,
similar to relocatable but also with globals converted to
statics. */
unsigned int task_link: 1;
/* TRUE if BFD should generate a shared object. */
unsigned int shared: 1;
/* TRUE if BFD should pre-bind symbols in a shared object. */
unsigned int symbolic: 1;
/* TRUE if BFD should export all symbols in the dynamic symbol table
of an executable, rather than only those used. */
unsigned int export_dynamic: 1;
/* TRUE if shared objects should be linked directly, not shared. */
unsigned int static_link: 1;
/* TRUE if the output file should be in a traditional format. This
is equivalent to the setting of the BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT flag
on the output file, but may be checked when reading the input
files. */
unsigned int traditional_format: 1;
/* TRUE if we want to produced optimized output files. This might
need much more time and therefore must be explicitly selected. */
unsigned int optimize: 1;
/* TRUE if BFD should generate errors for undefined symbols
even if generating a shared object. */
unsigned int no_undefined: 1;
/* TRUE if BFD should allow undefined symbols in shared objects even
when no_undefined is set to disallow undefined symbols. The net
result will be that undefined symbols in regular objects will
still trigger an error, but undefined symbols in shared objects
will be ignored. The implementation of no_undefined makes the
assumption that the runtime linker will choke on undefined
symbols. However there is at least one system (BeOS) where
undefined symbols in shared libraries is normal since the kernel
patches them at load time to select which function is most
appropriate for the current architecture. I.E. dynamically
select an appropriate memset function. Apparently it is also
normal for HPPA shared libraries to have undefined symbols. */
unsigned int allow_shlib_undefined: 1;
/* TRUE if ok to have multiple definition. */
unsigned int allow_multiple_definition: 1;
/* TRUE if ok to have version with no definition. */
unsigned int allow_undefined_version: 1;
/* TRUE if symbols should be retained in memory, FALSE if they
should be freed and reread. */
unsigned int keep_memory: 1;
/* TRUE if every symbol should be reported back via the notice
callback. */
unsigned int notice_all: 1;
/* TRUE if executable should not contain copy relocs.
Setting this true may result in a non-sharable text segment. */
unsigned int nocopyreloc: 1;
/* TRUE if the new ELF dynamic tags are enabled. */
unsigned int new_dtags: 1;
/* TRUE if non-PLT relocs should be merged into one reloc section
and sorted so that relocs against the same symbol come together. */
unsigned int combreloc: 1;
/* TRUE if .eh_frame_hdr section and PT_GNU_EH_FRAME ELF segment
should be created. */
unsigned int eh_frame_hdr: 1;
/* TRUE if global symbols in discarded sections should be stripped. */
unsigned int strip_discarded: 1;
/* Which symbols to strip. */
enum bfd_link_strip strip;
/* Which local symbols to discard. */
enum bfd_link_discard discard;
/* Criteria for skipping symbols when detemining
whether to include an object from an archive. */
enum bfd_link_common_skip_ar_aymbols common_skip_ar_aymbols;
/* Function callbacks. */
const struct bfd_link_callbacks *callbacks;
/* Hash table handled by BFD. */
struct bfd_link_hash_table *hash;
/* Hash table of symbols to keep. This is NULL unless strip is
strip_some. */
struct bfd_hash_table *keep_hash;
/* Hash table of symbols to report back via the notice callback. If
this is NULL, and notice_all is FALSE, then no symbols are
reported back. */
struct bfd_hash_table *notice_hash;
/* Hash table of symbols which are being wrapped (the --wrap linker
option). If this is NULL, no symbols are being wrapped. */
struct bfd_hash_table *wrap_hash;
/* The list of input BFD's involved in the link. These are chained
together via the link_next field. */
bfd *input_bfds;
/* If a symbol should be created for each input BFD, this is section
where those symbols should be placed. It must be a section in
the output BFD. It may be NULL, in which case no such symbols
will be created. This is to support CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS in the
linker command language. */
asection *create_object_symbols_section;
/* List of global symbol names that are starting points for marking
sections against garbage collection. */
struct bfd_sym_chain *gc_sym_list;
/* If a base output file is wanted, then this points to it */
PTR base_file;
/* The function to call when the executable or shared object is
loaded. */
const char *init_function;
/* The function to call when the executable or shared object is
unloaded. */
const char *fini_function;
/* If non-zero, specifies that branches which are problematic for the
MPC860 C0 (or earlier) should be checked for and modified. It gives the
number of bytes that should be checked at the end of each text page. */
int mpc860c0;
/* Non-zero if auto-import thunks for DATA items in pei386 DLLs
should be generated/linked against. Set to 1 if this feature
is explicitly requested by the user, -1 if enabled by default. */
int pei386_auto_import;
/* Non-zero if runtime relocs for DATA items with non-zero addends
in pei386 DLLs should be generated. Set to 1 if this feature
is explicitly requested by the user, -1 if enabled by default. */
int pei386_runtime_pseudo_reloc;
/* How many spare .dynamic DT_NULL entries should be added? */
unsigned int spare_dynamic_tags;
/* May be used to set DT_FLAGS for ELF. */
bfd_vma flags;
/* May be used to set DT_FLAGS_1 for ELF. */
bfd_vma flags_1;
};
/* This structures holds a set of callback functions. These are
called by the BFD linker routines. The first argument to each
callback function is the bfd_link_info structure being used. Each
function returns a boolean value. If the function returns FALSE,
then the BFD function which called it will return with a failure
indication. */
struct bfd_link_callbacks
{
/* A function which is called when an object is added from an
archive. ABFD is the archive element being added. NAME is the
name of the symbol which caused the archive element to be pulled
in. */
bfd_boolean (*add_archive_element)
PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *abfd, const char *name));
/* A function which is called when a symbol is found with multiple
definitions. NAME is the symbol which is defined multiple times.
OBFD is the old BFD, OSEC is the old section, OVAL is the old
value, NBFD is the new BFD, NSEC is the new section, and NVAL is
the new value. OBFD may be NULL. OSEC and NSEC may be
bfd_com_section or bfd_ind_section. */
bfd_boolean (*multiple_definition)
PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, const char *name,
bfd *obfd, asection *osec, bfd_vma oval,
bfd *nbfd, asection *nsec, bfd_vma nval));
/* A function which is called when a common symbol is defined
multiple times. NAME is the symbol appearing multiple times.
OBFD is the BFD of the existing symbol; it may be NULL if this is
not known. OTYPE is the type of the existing symbol, which may
be bfd_link_hash_defined, bfd_link_hash_defweak,
bfd_link_hash_common, or bfd_link_hash_indirect. If OTYPE is
bfd_link_hash_common, OSIZE is the size of the existing symbol.
NBFD is the BFD of the new symbol. NTYPE is the type of the new
symbol, one of bfd_link_hash_defined, bfd_link_hash_common, or
bfd_link_hash_indirect. If NTYPE is bfd_link_hash_common, NSIZE
is the size of the new symbol. */
bfd_boolean (*multiple_common)
PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, const char *name,
bfd *obfd, enum bfd_link_hash_type otype, bfd_vma osize,
bfd *nbfd, enum bfd_link_hash_type ntype, bfd_vma nsize));
/* A function which is called to add a symbol to a set. ENTRY is
the link hash table entry for the set itself (e.g.,
__CTOR_LIST__). RELOC is the relocation to use for an entry in
the set when generating a relocateable file, and is also used to
get the size of the entry when generating an executable file.
ABFD, SEC and VALUE identify the value to add to the set. */
bfd_boolean (*add_to_set)
PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *entry,
bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc, bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
bfd_vma value));
/* A function which is called when the name of a g++ constructor or
destructor is found. This is only called by some object file
formats. CONSTRUCTOR is TRUE for a constructor, FALSE for a
destructor. This will use BFD_RELOC_CTOR when generating a
relocateable file. NAME is the name of the symbol found. ABFD,
SECTION and VALUE are the value of the symbol. */
bfd_boolean (*constructor)
PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_boolean constructor,
const char *name, bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma value));
/* A function which is called to issue a linker warning. For
example, this is called when there is a reference to a warning
symbol. WARNING is the warning to be issued. SYMBOL is the name
of the symbol which triggered the warning; it may be NULL if
there is none. ABFD, SECTION and ADDRESS identify the location
which trigerred the warning; either ABFD or SECTION or both may
be NULL if the location is not known. */
bfd_boolean (*warning)
PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, const char *warning, const char *symbol,
bfd *abfd, asection *section, bfd_vma address));
/* A function which is called when a relocation is attempted against
an undefined symbol. NAME is the symbol which is undefined.
ABFD, SECTION and ADDRESS identify the location from which the
reference is made. FATAL indicates whether an undefined symbol is
a fatal error or not. In some cases SECTION may be NULL. */
bfd_boolean (*undefined_symbol)
PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, const char *name, bfd *abfd,
asection *section, bfd_vma address, bfd_boolean fatal));
/* A function which is called when a reloc overflow occurs. NAME is
the name of the symbol or section the reloc is against,
RELOC_NAME is the name of the relocation, and ADDEND is any
addend that is used. ABFD, SECTION and ADDRESS identify the
location at which the overflow occurs; if this is the result of a
bfd_section_reloc_link_order or bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order, then
ABFD will be NULL. */
bfd_boolean (*reloc_overflow)
PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, const char *name, const char *reloc_name,
bfd_vma addend, bfd *abfd, asection *section, bfd_vma address));
/* A function which is called when a dangerous reloc is performed.
The canonical example is an a29k IHCONST reloc which does not
follow an IHIHALF reloc. MESSAGE is an appropriate message.
ABFD, SECTION and ADDRESS identify the location at which the
problem occurred; if this is the result of a
bfd_section_reloc_link_order or bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order, then
ABFD will be NULL. */
bfd_boolean (*reloc_dangerous)
PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, const char *message,
bfd *abfd, asection *section, bfd_vma address));
/* A function which is called when a reloc is found to be attached
to a symbol which is not being written out. NAME is the name of
the symbol. ABFD, SECTION and ADDRESS identify the location of
the reloc; if this is the result of a
bfd_section_reloc_link_order or bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order, then
ABFD will be NULL. */
bfd_boolean (*unattached_reloc)
PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, const char *name,
bfd *abfd, asection *section, bfd_vma address));
/* A function which is called when a symbol in notice_hash is
defined or referenced. NAME is the symbol. ABFD, SECTION and
ADDRESS are the value of the symbol. If SECTION is
bfd_und_section, this is a reference. */
bfd_boolean (*notice)
PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, const char *name,
bfd *abfd, asection *section, bfd_vma address));
};
/* The linker builds link_order structures which tell the code how to
include input data in the output file. */
/* These are the types of link_order structures. */
enum bfd_link_order_type
{
bfd_undefined_link_order, /* Undefined. */
bfd_indirect_link_order, /* Built from a section. */
bfd_data_link_order, /* Set to explicit data. */
bfd_section_reloc_link_order, /* Relocate against a section. */
bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order /* Relocate against a symbol. */
};
/* This is the link_order structure itself. These form a chain
attached to the section whose contents they are describing. */
struct bfd_link_order
{
/* Next link_order in chain. */
struct bfd_link_order *next;
/* Type of link_order. */
enum bfd_link_order_type type;
/* Offset within output section. */
bfd_vma offset;
/* Size within output section. */
bfd_size_type size;
/* Type specific information. */
union
{
struct
{
/* Section to include. If this is used, then
section->output_section must be the section the
link_order is attached to, section->output_offset must
equal the link_order offset field, and section->_raw_size
must equal the link_order size field. Maybe these
restrictions should be relaxed someday. */
asection *section;
} indirect;
struct
{
/* Size of contents, or zero when contents size == size
within output section.
A non-zero value allows filling of the output section
with an arbitrary repeated pattern. */
unsigned int size;
/* Data to put into file. */
bfd_byte *contents;
} data;
struct
{
/* Description of reloc to generate. Used for
bfd_section_reloc_link_order and
bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order. */
struct bfd_link_order_reloc *p;
} reloc;
} u;
};
/* A linker order of type bfd_section_reloc_link_order or
bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order means to create a reloc against a
section or symbol, respectively. This is used to implement -Ur to
generate relocs for the constructor tables. The
bfd_link_order_reloc structure describes the reloc that BFD should
create. It is similar to a arelent, but I didn't use arelent
because the linker does not know anything about most symbols, and
any asymbol structure it creates will be partially meaningless.
This information could logically be in the bfd_link_order struct,
but I didn't want to waste the space since these types of relocs
are relatively rare. */
struct bfd_link_order_reloc
{
/* Reloc type. */
bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
union
{
/* For type bfd_section_reloc_link_order, this is the section
the reloc should be against. This must be a section in the
output BFD, not any of the input BFDs. */
asection *section;
/* For type bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order, this is the name of the
symbol the reloc should be against. */
const char *name;
} u;
/* Addend to use. The object file should contain zero. The BFD
backend is responsible for filling in the contents of the object
file correctly. For some object file formats (e.g., COFF) the
addend must be stored into in the object file, and for some
(e.g., SPARC a.out) it is kept in the reloc. */
bfd_vma addend;
};
/* Allocate a new link_order for a section. */
extern struct bfd_link_order *bfd_new_link_order PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
/* These structures are used to describe version information for the
ELF linker. These structures could be manipulated entirely inside
BFD, but it would be a pain. Instead, the regular linker sets up
these structures, and then passes them into BFD. */
/* Regular expressions for a version. */
struct bfd_elf_version_expr
{
/* Next regular expression for this version. */
struct bfd_elf_version_expr *next;
/* Regular expression. */
const char *pattern;
/* Matching function. */
int (*match) PARAMS ((struct bfd_elf_version_expr *, const char *));
/* Defined by ".symver". */
unsigned int symver: 1;
/* Defined by version script. */
unsigned int script : 1;
};
/* Version dependencies. */
struct bfd_elf_version_deps
{
/* Next dependency for this version. */
struct bfd_elf_version_deps *next;
/* The version which this version depends upon. */
struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version_needed;
};
/* A node in the version tree. */
struct bfd_elf_version_tree
{
/* Next version. */
struct bfd_elf_version_tree *next;
/* Name of this version. */
const char *name;
/* Version number. */
unsigned int vernum;
/* Regular expressions for global symbols in this version. */
struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals;
/* Regular expressions for local symbols in this version. */
struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals;
/* List of versions which this version depends upon. */
struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps;
/* Index of the version name. This is used within BFD. */
unsigned int name_indx;
/* Whether this version tree was used. This is used within BFD. */
int used;
};
#endif

3
include/bin-bugs.h
View File

@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
#ifndef REPORT_BUGS_TO
#define REPORT_BUGS_TO "bug-binutils@gnu.org"
#endif

191
include/bout.h
View File

@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
/* This file is a modified version of 'a.out.h'. It is to be used in all
GNU tools modified to support the i80960 (or tools that operate on
object files created by such tools).
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* All i80960 development is done in a CROSS-DEVELOPMENT environment. I.e.,
object code is generated on, and executed under the direction of a symbolic
debugger running on, a host system. We do not want to be subject to the
vagaries of which host it is or whether it supports COFF or a.out format,
or anything else. We DO want to:
o always generate the same format object files, regardless of host.
o have an 'a.out' header that we can modify for our own purposes
(the 80960 is typically an embedded processor and may require
enhanced linker support that the normal a.out.h header can't
accommodate).
As for byte-ordering, the following rules apply:
o Text and data that is actually downloaded to the target is always
in i80960 (little-endian) order.
o All other numbers (in the header, symbols, relocation directives)
are in host byte-order: object files CANNOT be lifted from a
little-end host and used on a big-endian (or vice versa) without
modification.
==> THIS IS NO LONGER TRUE USING BFD. WE CAN GENERATE ANY BYTE ORDER
FOR THE HEADER, AND READ ANY BYTE ORDER. PREFERENCE WOULD BE TO
USE LITTLE-ENDIAN BYTE ORDER THROUGHOUT, REGARDLESS OF HOST. <==
o The downloader ('comm960') takes care to generate a pseudo-header
with correct (i80960) byte-ordering before shipping text and data
off to the NINDY monitor in the target systems. Symbols and
relocation info are never sent to the target. */
#define BMAGIC 0415
/* We don't accept the following (see N_BADMAG macro).
They're just here so GNU code will compile. */
#define OMAGIC 0407 /* old impure format */
#define NMAGIC 0410 /* read-only text */
#define ZMAGIC 0413 /* demand load format */
/* FILE HEADER
All 'lengths' are given as a number of bytes.
All 'alignments' are for relinkable files only; an alignment of
'n' indicates the corresponding segment must begin at an
address that is a multiple of (2**n). */
struct external_exec
{
/* Standard stuff */
unsigned char e_info[4]; /* Identifies this as a b.out file */
unsigned char e_text[4]; /* Length of text */
unsigned char e_data[4]; /* Length of data */
unsigned char e_bss[4]; /* Length of uninitialized data area */
unsigned char e_syms[4]; /* Length of symbol table */
unsigned char e_entry[4]; /* Runtime start address */
unsigned char e_trsize[4]; /* Length of text relocation info */
unsigned char e_drsize[4]; /* Length of data relocation info */
/* Added for i960 */
unsigned char e_tload[4]; /* Text runtime load address */
unsigned char e_dload[4]; /* Data runtime load address */
unsigned char e_talign[1]; /* Alignment of text segment */
unsigned char e_dalign[1]; /* Alignment of data segment */
unsigned char e_balign[1]; /* Alignment of bss segment */
unsigned char e_relaxable[1];/* Assembled with enough info to allow linker to relax */
};
#define EXEC_BYTES_SIZE (sizeof (struct external_exec))
/* These macros use the a_xxx field names, since they operate on the exec
structure after it's been byte-swapped and realigned on the host machine. */
#define N_BADMAG(x) (((x).a_info)!=BMAGIC)
#define N_TXTOFF(x) EXEC_BYTES_SIZE
#define N_DATOFF(x) ( N_TXTOFF(x) + (x).a_text )
#define N_TROFF(x) ( N_DATOFF(x) + (x).a_data )
#define N_TRELOFF N_TROFF
#define N_DROFF(x) ( N_TROFF(x) + (x).a_trsize )
#define N_DRELOFF N_DROFF
#define N_SYMOFF(x) ( N_DROFF(x) + (x).a_drsize )
#define N_STROFF(x) ( N_SYMOFF(x) + (x).a_syms )
#define N_DATADDR(x) ( (x).a_dload )
/* Address of text segment in memory after it is loaded. */
#if !defined (N_TXTADDR)
#define N_TXTADDR(x) 0
#endif
/* A single entry in the symbol table. */
struct nlist
{
union
{
char* n_name;
struct nlist * n_next;
long n_strx; /* Index into string table */
} n_un;
unsigned char n_type; /* See below */
char n_other; /* Used in i80960 support -- see below */
short n_desc;
unsigned long n_value;
};
/* Legal values of n_type. */
#define N_UNDF 0 /* Undefined symbol */
#define N_ABS 2 /* Absolute symbol */
#define N_TEXT 4 /* Text symbol */
#define N_DATA 6 /* Data symbol */
#define N_BSS 8 /* BSS symbol */
#define N_FN 31 /* Filename symbol */
#define N_EXT 1 /* External symbol (OR'd in with one of above) */
#define N_TYPE 036 /* Mask for all the type bits */
#define N_STAB 0340 /* Mask for all bits used for SDB entries */
/* MEANING OF 'n_other'
If non-zero, the 'n_other' fields indicates either a leaf procedure or
a system procedure, as follows:
1 <= n_other <= 32 :
The symbol is the entry point to a system procedure.
'n_value' is the address of the entry, as for any other
procedure. The system procedure number (which can be used in
a 'calls' instruction) is (n_other-1). These entries come from
'.sysproc' directives.
n_other == N_CALLNAME
the symbol is the 'call' entry point to a leaf procedure.
The *next* symbol in the symbol table must be the corresponding
'bal' entry point to the procedure (see following). These
entries come from '.leafproc' directives in which two different
symbols are specified (the first one is represented here).
n_other == N_BALNAME
the symbol is the 'bal' entry point to a leaf procedure.
These entries result from '.leafproc' directives in which only
one symbol is specified, or in which the same symbol is
specified twice.
Note that an N_CALLNAME entry *must* have a corresponding N_BALNAME entry,
but not every N_BALNAME entry must have an N_CALLNAME entry. */
#define N_CALLNAME ((char)-1)
#define N_BALNAME ((char)-2)
#define IS_CALLNAME(x) (N_CALLNAME == (x))
#define IS_BALNAME(x) (N_BALNAME == (x))
#define IS_OTHER(x) ((x)>0 && (x) <=32)
#define b_out_relocation_info relocation_info
struct relocation_info
{
int r_address; /* File address of item to be relocated. */
unsigned
#define r_index r_symbolnum
r_symbolnum:24, /* Index of symbol on which relocation is based,
if r_extern is set. Otherwise set to
either N_TEXT, N_DATA, or N_BSS to
indicate section on which relocation is
based. */
r_pcrel:1, /* 1 => relocate PC-relative; else absolute
On i960, pc-relative implies 24-bit
address, absolute implies 32-bit. */
r_length:2, /* Number of bytes to relocate:
0 => 1 byte
1 => 2 bytes -- used for 13 bit pcrel
2 => 4 bytes. */
r_extern:1,
r_bsr:1, /* Something for the GNU NS32K assembler. */
r_disp:1, /* Something for the GNU NS32K assembler. */
r_callj:1, /* 1 if relocation target is an i960 'callj'. */
r_relaxable:1; /* 1 if enough info is left to relax the data. */
};

1108
include/coff/ChangeLog
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

148
include/coff/a29k.h
View File

@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
/* COFF spec for AMD 290*0
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Contributed by David Wood @ New York University. */
#ifndef AMD
# define AMD
#endif
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#include "coff/external.h"
/*
** Magic numbers for Am29000
** (AT&T will assign the "real" magic number)
*/
#define SIPFBOMAGIC 0572 /* Am29000 (Byte 0 is MSB) */
#define SIPRBOMAGIC 0573 /* Am29000 (Byte 0 is LSB) */
#define A29K_MAGIC_BIG SIPFBOMAGIC
#define A29K_MAGIC_LITTLE SIPRBOMAGIC
#define A29KBADMAG(x) ( ((x).f_magic != A29K_MAGIC_BIG) && \
((x).f_magic != A29K_MAGIC_LITTLE))
#define OMAGIC A29K_MAGIC_BIG
/* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -*/
/*
** File header flags currently known to us.
**
** Am29000 will use the F_AR32WR and F_AR32W flags to indicate
** the byte ordering in the file.
*/
/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* aouthdr magic numbers */
#define NMAGIC 0410 /* separate i/d executable */
#define SHMAGIC 0406 /* NYU/Ultra3 shared data executable
(writable text) */
#undef _ETEXT
#define _ETEXT "_etext"
/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* More names of "special" sections. */
#define _LIT ".lit"
/* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -*/
/*
** Section types - with additional section type for global
** registers which will be relocatable for the Am29000.
**
** In instances where it is necessary for a linker to produce an
** output file which contains text or data not based at virtual
** address 0, e.g. for a ROM, then the linker should accept
** address base information as command input and use PAD sections
** to skip over unused addresses.
*/
#define STYP_BSSREG 0x1200 /* Global register area (like STYP_INFO) */
#define STYP_ENVIR 0x2200 /* Environment (like STYP_INFO) */
#define STYP_ABS 0x4000 /* Absolute (allocated, not reloc, loaded) */
/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
** Relocation information declaration and related definitions
*/
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4]; /* (virtual) address of reference */
char r_symndx[4]; /* index into symbol table */
char r_type[2]; /* relocation type */
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 10 /* sizeof (RELOC) */
/* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -*/
/*
** Relocation types for the Am29000
*/
#define R_ABS 0 /* reference is absolute */
#define R_IREL 030 /* instruction relative (jmp/call) */
#define R_IABS 031 /* instruction absolute (jmp/call) */
#define R_ILOHALF 032 /* instruction low half (const) */
#define R_IHIHALF 033 /* instruction high half (consth) part 1 */
#define R_IHCONST 034 /* instruction high half (consth) part 2 */
/* constant offset of R_IHIHALF relocation */
#define R_BYTE 035 /* relocatable byte value */
#define R_HWORD 036 /* relocatable halfword value */
#define R_WORD 037 /* relocatable word value */
#define R_IGLBLRC 040 /* instruction global register RC */
#define R_IGLBLRA 041 /* instruction global register RA */
#define R_IGLBLRB 042 /* instruction global register RB */
/*
NOTE:
All the "I" forms refer to 29000 instruction formats. The linker is
expected to know how the numeric information is split and/or aligned
within the instruction word(s). R_BYTE works for instructions, too.
If the parameter to a CONSTH instruction is a relocatable type, two
relocation records are written. The first has an r_type of R_IHIHALF
(33 octal) and a normal r_vaddr and r_symndx. The second relocation
record has an r_type of R_IHCONST (34 octal), a normal r_vaddr (which
is redundant), and an r_symndx containing the 32-bit constant offset
to the relocation instead of the actual symbol table index. This
second record is always written, even if the constant offset is zero.
The constant fields of the instruction are set to zero.
*/
/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -*/
/*
** Storage class definitions - new classes for global registers.
*/
#define C_GLBLREG 19 /* global register */
#define C_EXTREG 20 /* external global register */
#define C_DEFREG 21 /* ext. def. of global register */

382
include/coff/alpha.h
View File

@ -1,382 +0,0 @@
/* ECOFF support on Alpha machines.
coff/ecoff.h must be included before this file.
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
struct external_filehdr
{
unsigned char f_magic[2]; /* magic number */
unsigned char f_nscns[2]; /* number of sections */
unsigned char f_timdat[4]; /* time & date stamp */
unsigned char f_symptr[8]; /* file pointer to symtab */
unsigned char f_nsyms[4]; /* number of symtab entries */
unsigned char f_opthdr[2]; /* sizeof(optional hdr) */
unsigned char f_flags[2]; /* flags */
};
/* Magic numbers are defined in coff/ecoff.h. */
#define ALPHA_ECOFF_BADMAG(x) \
((x).f_magic != ALPHA_MAGIC && (x).f_magic != ALPHA_MAGIC_BSD)
/* The object type is encoded in the f_flags. */
#define F_ALPHA_OBJECT_TYPE_MASK 0x3000
#define F_ALPHA_NO_SHARED 0x1000
#define F_ALPHA_SHARABLE 0x2000
#define F_ALPHA_CALL_SHARED 0x3000
#define FILHDR struct external_filehdr
#define FILHSZ 24
/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
typedef struct external_aouthdr
{
unsigned char magic[2]; /* type of file */
unsigned char vstamp[2]; /* version stamp */
unsigned char bldrev[2]; /* ?? */
unsigned char padding[2]; /* pad to quadword boundary */
unsigned char tsize[8]; /* text size in bytes */
unsigned char dsize[8]; /* initialized data " " */
unsigned char bsize[8]; /* uninitialized data " " */
unsigned char entry[8]; /* entry pt. */
unsigned char text_start[8]; /* base of text used for this file */
unsigned char data_start[8]; /* base of data used for this file */
unsigned char bss_start[8]; /* base of bss used for this file */
unsigned char gprmask[4]; /* bitmask of general registers used */
unsigned char fprmask[4]; /* bitmask of floating point registers used */
unsigned char gp_value[8]; /* value for gp register */
} AOUTHDR;
/* compute size of a header */
#define AOUTSZ 80
#define AOUTHDRSZ 80
/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
struct external_scnhdr
{
unsigned char s_name[8]; /* section name */
unsigned char s_paddr[8]; /* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
unsigned char s_vaddr[8]; /* virtual address */
unsigned char s_size[8]; /* section size */
unsigned char s_scnptr[8]; /* file ptr to raw data for section */
unsigned char s_relptr[8]; /* file ptr to relocation */
unsigned char s_lnnoptr[8]; /* file ptr to line numbers */
unsigned char s_nreloc[2]; /* number of relocation entries */
unsigned char s_nlnno[2]; /* number of line number entries*/
unsigned char s_flags[4]; /* flags */
};
#define SCNHDR struct external_scnhdr
#define SCNHSZ 64
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc
{
unsigned char r_vaddr[8];
unsigned char r_symndx[4];
unsigned char r_bits[4];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 16
/* Constants to unpack the r_bits field. The Alpha seems to always be
little endian, so I haven't bothered to define big endian variants
of these. */
#define RELOC_BITS0_TYPE_LITTLE 0xff
#define RELOC_BITS0_TYPE_SH_LITTLE 0
#define RELOC_BITS1_EXTERN_LITTLE 0x01
#define RELOC_BITS1_OFFSET_LITTLE 0x7e
#define RELOC_BITS1_OFFSET_SH_LITTLE 1
#define RELOC_BITS1_RESERVED_LITTLE 0x80
#define RELOC_BITS1_RESERVED_SH_LITTLE 7
#define RELOC_BITS2_RESERVED_LITTLE 0xff
#define RELOC_BITS2_RESERVED_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 1
#define RELOC_BITS3_RESERVED_LITTLE 0x03
#define RELOC_BITS3_RESERVED_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 9
#define RELOC_BITS3_SIZE_LITTLE 0xfc
#define RELOC_BITS3_SIZE_SH_LITTLE 2
/* The r_type field in a reloc is one of the following values. */
#define ALPHA_R_IGNORE 0
#define ALPHA_R_REFLONG 1
#define ALPHA_R_REFQUAD 2
#define ALPHA_R_GPREL32 3
#define ALPHA_R_LITERAL 4
#define ALPHA_R_LITUSE 5
#define ALPHA_R_GPDISP 6
#define ALPHA_R_BRADDR 7
#define ALPHA_R_HINT 8
#define ALPHA_R_SREL16 9
#define ALPHA_R_SREL32 10
#define ALPHA_R_SREL64 11
#define ALPHA_R_OP_PUSH 12
#define ALPHA_R_OP_STORE 13
#define ALPHA_R_OP_PSUB 14
#define ALPHA_R_OP_PRSHIFT 15
#define ALPHA_R_GPVALUE 16
#define ALPHA_R_GPRELHIGH 17
#define ALPHA_R_GPRELLOW 18
#define ALPHA_R_IMMED 19
/* Overloaded reloc value used by Net- and OpenBSD. */
#define ALPHA_R_LITERALSLEAZY 17
/* With ALPHA_R_LITUSE, the r_size field is one of the following values. */
#define ALPHA_R_LU_BASE 1
#define ALPHA_R_LU_BYTOFF 2
#define ALPHA_R_LU_JSR 3
/* With ALPHA_R_IMMED, the r_size field is one of the following values. */
#define ALPHA_R_IMMED_GP_16 1
#define ALPHA_R_IMMED_GP_HI32 2
#define ALPHA_R_IMMED_SCN_HI32 3
#define ALPHA_R_IMMED_BR_HI32 4
#define ALPHA_R_IMMED_LO32 5
/********************** SYMBOLIC INFORMATION **********************/
/* Written by John Gilmore. */
/* ECOFF uses COFF-like section structures, but its own symbol format.
This file defines the symbol format in fields whose size and alignment
will not vary on different host systems. */
/* File header as a set of bytes */
struct hdr_ext
{
unsigned char h_magic[2];
unsigned char h_vstamp[2];
unsigned char h_ilineMax[4];
unsigned char h_idnMax[4];
unsigned char h_ipdMax[4];
unsigned char h_isymMax[4];
unsigned char h_ioptMax[4];
unsigned char h_iauxMax[4];
unsigned char h_issMax[4];
unsigned char h_issExtMax[4];
unsigned char h_ifdMax[4];
unsigned char h_crfd[4];
unsigned char h_iextMax[4];
unsigned char h_cbLine[8];
unsigned char h_cbLineOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbDnOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbPdOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbSymOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbOptOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbAuxOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbSsOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbSsExtOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbFdOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbRfdOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbExtOffset[8];
};
/* File descriptor external record */
struct fdr_ext
{
unsigned char f_adr[8];
unsigned char f_cbLineOffset[8];
unsigned char f_cbLine[8];
unsigned char f_cbSs[8];
unsigned char f_rss[4];
unsigned char f_issBase[4];
unsigned char f_isymBase[4];
unsigned char f_csym[4];
unsigned char f_ilineBase[4];
unsigned char f_cline[4];
unsigned char f_ioptBase[4];
unsigned char f_copt[4];
unsigned char f_ipdFirst[4];
unsigned char f_cpd[4];
unsigned char f_iauxBase[4];
unsigned char f_caux[4];
unsigned char f_rfdBase[4];
unsigned char f_crfd[4];
unsigned char f_bits1[1];
unsigned char f_bits2[3];
unsigned char f_padding[4];
};
#define FDR_BITS1_LANG_BIG 0xF8
#define FDR_BITS1_LANG_SH_BIG 3
#define FDR_BITS1_LANG_LITTLE 0x1F
#define FDR_BITS1_LANG_SH_LITTLE 0
#define FDR_BITS1_FMERGE_BIG 0x04
#define FDR_BITS1_FMERGE_LITTLE 0x20
#define FDR_BITS1_FREADIN_BIG 0x02
#define FDR_BITS1_FREADIN_LITTLE 0x40
#define FDR_BITS1_FBIGENDIAN_BIG 0x01
#define FDR_BITS1_FBIGENDIAN_LITTLE 0x80
#define FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_BIG 0xC0
#define FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_SH_BIG 6
#define FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_LITTLE 0x03
#define FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_SH_LITTLE 0
/* We ignore the `reserved' field in bits2. */
/* Procedure descriptor external record */
struct pdr_ext {
unsigned char p_adr[8];
unsigned char p_cbLineOffset[8];
unsigned char p_isym[4];
unsigned char p_iline[4];
unsigned char p_regmask[4];
unsigned char p_regoffset[4];
unsigned char p_iopt[4];
unsigned char p_fregmask[4];
unsigned char p_fregoffset[4];
unsigned char p_frameoffset[4];
unsigned char p_lnLow[4];
unsigned char p_lnHigh[4];
unsigned char p_gp_prologue[1];
unsigned char p_bits1[1];
unsigned char p_bits2[1];
unsigned char p_localoff[1];
unsigned char p_framereg[2];
unsigned char p_pcreg[2];
};
#define PDR_BITS1_GP_USED_BIG 0x80
#define PDR_BITS1_REG_FRAME_BIG 0x40
#define PDR_BITS1_PROF_BIG 0x20
#define PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_BIG 0x1f
#define PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_SH_LEFT_BIG 8
#define PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_BIG 0xff
#define PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_SH_BIG 0
#define PDR_BITS1_GP_USED_LITTLE 0x01
#define PDR_BITS1_REG_FRAME_LITTLE 0x02
#define PDR_BITS1_PROF_LITTLE 0x04
#define PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_LITTLE 0xf8
#define PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_SH_LITTLE 3
#define PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_LITTLE 0xff
#define PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 5
/* Line numbers */
struct line_ext {
unsigned char l_line[4];
};
/* Symbol external record */
struct sym_ext {
unsigned char s_value[8];
unsigned char s_iss[4];
unsigned char s_bits1[1];
unsigned char s_bits2[1];
unsigned char s_bits3[1];
unsigned char s_bits4[1];
};
#define SYM_BITS1_ST_BIG 0xFC
#define SYM_BITS1_ST_SH_BIG 2
#define SYM_BITS1_ST_LITTLE 0x3F
#define SYM_BITS1_ST_SH_LITTLE 0
#define SYM_BITS1_SC_BIG 0x03
#define SYM_BITS1_SC_SH_LEFT_BIG 3
#define SYM_BITS1_SC_LITTLE 0xC0
#define SYM_BITS1_SC_SH_LITTLE 6
#define SYM_BITS2_SC_BIG 0xE0
#define SYM_BITS2_SC_SH_BIG 5
#define SYM_BITS2_SC_LITTLE 0x07
#define SYM_BITS2_SC_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 2
#define SYM_BITS2_RESERVED_BIG 0x10
#define SYM_BITS2_RESERVED_LITTLE 0x08
#define SYM_BITS2_INDEX_BIG 0x0F
#define SYM_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG 16
#define SYM_BITS2_INDEX_LITTLE 0xF0
#define SYM_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LITTLE 4
#define SYM_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG 8
#define SYM_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 4
#define SYM_BITS4_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG 0
#define SYM_BITS4_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 12
/* External symbol external record */
struct ext_ext {
struct sym_ext es_asym;
unsigned char es_bits1[1];
unsigned char es_bits2[3];
unsigned char es_ifd[4];
};
#define EXT_BITS1_JMPTBL_BIG 0x80
#define EXT_BITS1_JMPTBL_LITTLE 0x01
#define EXT_BITS1_COBOL_MAIN_BIG 0x40
#define EXT_BITS1_COBOL_MAIN_LITTLE 0x02
#define EXT_BITS1_WEAKEXT_BIG 0x20
#define EXT_BITS1_WEAKEXT_LITTLE 0x04
/* Dense numbers external record */
struct dnr_ext {
unsigned char d_rfd[4];
unsigned char d_index[4];
};
/* Relative file descriptor */
struct rfd_ext {
unsigned char rfd[4];
};
/* Optimizer symbol external record */
struct opt_ext {
unsigned char o_bits1[1];
unsigned char o_bits2[1];
unsigned char o_bits3[1];
unsigned char o_bits4[1];
struct rndx_ext o_rndx;
unsigned char o_offset[4];
};
#define OPT_BITS2_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG 16
#define OPT_BITS2_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 0
#define OPT_BITS3_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG 8
#define OPT_BITS3_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 8
#define OPT_BITS4_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG 0
#define OPT_BITS4_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 16

124
include/coff/apollo.h
View File

@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for Apollo M68K
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#define DO_NOT_DEFINE_AOUTHDR
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#include "coff/external.h"
/* Motorola 68000/68008/68010/68020 */
#define MC68MAGIC 0520
#define MC68KWRMAGIC 0520 /* writeable text segments */
#define MC68TVMAGIC 0521
#define MC68KROMAGIC 0521 /* readonly shareable text segments */
#define MC68KPGMAGIC 0522 /* demand paged text segments */
#define M68MAGIC 0210
#define M68TVMAGIC 0211
/* Apollo 68000-based machines have a different magic number. This comes
* from /usr/include/apollo/filehdr.h
*/
#define APOLLOM68KMAGIC 0627
#define OMAGIC M68MAGIC
#define M68KBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic!=MC68MAGIC) && ((x).f_magic!=MC68KWRMAGIC) && ((x).f_magic!=MC68TVMAGIC) && \
((x).f_magic!=MC68KROMAGIC) && ((x).f_magic!=MC68KPGMAGIC) && ((x).f_magic!=M68MAGIC) && ((x).f_magic!=M68TVMAGIC) && \
((x).f_magic!=APOLLOM68KMAGIC) )
/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
typedef struct
{
char magic[2]; /* type of file */
char vstamp[2]; /* version stamp */
char tsize[4]; /* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry*/
char dsize[4]; /* initialized data " " */
char bsize[4]; /* uninitialized data " " */
char entry[4]; /* entry pt. */
char text_start[4]; /* base of text used for this file */
char data_start[4]; /* base of data used for this file */
char o_sri[4]; /* Apollo specific - .sri data pointer */
char o_inlib[4]; /* Apollo specific - .inlib data pointer */
char vid[8]; /* Apollo specific - 64 bit version ID */
}
AOUTHDR;
#define APOLLO_COFF_VERSION_NUMBER 1 /* the value of the aouthdr magic */
#define AOUTHDRSZ 44
#define AOUTSZ 44
/* Apollo allowa for larger section names by allowing
them to be in the string table. */
/* If s_zeores is all zeroes, s_offset gives the real
location of the name in the string table. */
#define s_zeroes section_name.s_name
#define s_offset (section_name.s_name+4)
/* More names of "special" sections. */
#define _TV ".tv"
#define _INIT ".init"
#define _FINI ".fini"
#define _LINES ".lines"
#define _BLOCKS ".blocks"
#define _SRI ".sri" /* Static Resource Information (systype,
et al.) */
#define _MIR ".mir" /* Module Information Records */
#define _APTV ".aptv" /* Apollo-style transfer vectors. */
#define _INLIB ".inlib" /* Shared Library information */
#define _RWDI ".rwdi" /* Read/write data initialization directives for
compressed sections */
#define _UNWIND ".unwind" /* Stack unwind information */
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
#ifdef M68K_COFF_OFFSET
char r_offset[4];
#endif
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#ifdef M68K_COFF_OFFSET
#define RELSZ 14
#else
#define RELSZ 10
#endif
/* Apollo specific STYP flags */
#define STYP_RELOCATED_NOT_LOADED 0x00010000 /* Section is relocated normally during linking, but need
not be loaded during program execution */
#define STYP_DEBUG 0x00020000 /* debug section */
#define STYP_OVERLAY 0x00040000 /* Section is overlayed */
#define STYP_INSTRUCTION 0x00200000 /* Section contains executable code */
#define STYP_ZERO 0x00800000 /* Section is initialized to zero */
#define STYP_INSTALLED 0x02000000 /* Section should be installable in KGT */
#define STYP_LOOK_INSTALLED 0x04000000 /* Look for section in KGT */
#define STYP_SECALIGN1 0x08000000 /* Specially aligned section */
#define STYP_SECALIGN2 0x10000000 /* " " " */
#define STYP_COMPRESSED 0x20000000 /* No section data per se (s_scnptr = 0), but there are
initialization directives for it in .rwdi section
(used in conjunction with STYP_BSS) */

128
include/coff/arm.h
View File

@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
/* ARM COFF support for BFD.
Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#define COFFARM 1
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#define INCLUDE_COMDAT_FIELDS_IN_AUXENT
#include "coff/external.h"
/* Bits for f_flags:
F_RELFLG relocation info stripped from file
F_EXEC file is executable (no unresolved external references)
F_LNNO line numbers stripped from file
F_LSYMS local symbols stripped from file
F_INTERWORK file supports switching between ARM and Thumb instruction sets
F_INTERWORK_SET the F_INTERWORK bit is valid
F_APCS_FLOAT code passes float arguments in float registers
F_PIC code is reentrant/position-independent
F_AR32WR file has byte ordering of an AR32WR machine (e.g. vax)
F_APCS_26 file uses 26 bit ARM Procedure Calling Standard
F_APCS_SET the F_APCS_26, F_APCS_FLOAT and F_PIC bits have been initialised
F_SOFT_FLOAT code does not use floating point instructions. */
#define F_RELFLG (0x0001)
#define F_EXEC (0x0002)
#define F_LNNO (0x0004)
#define F_LSYMS (0x0008)
#define F_INTERWORK (0x0010)
#define F_INTERWORK_SET (0x0020)
#define F_APCS_FLOAT (0x0040)
#undef F_AR16WR
#define F_PIC (0x0080)
#define F_AR32WR (0x0100)
#define F_APCS_26 (0x0400)
#define F_APCS_SET (0x0800)
#define F_SOFT_FLOAT (0x2000)
#define F_VFP_FLOAT (0x4000)
/* Bits stored in flags field of the internal_f structure */
#define F_INTERWORK (0x0010)
#define F_APCS_FLOAT (0x0040)
#define F_PIC (0x0080)
#define F_APCS26 (0x1000)
#define F_ARM_ARCHITECTURE_MASK (0x4000+0x0800+0x0400)
#define F_ARM_2 (0x0400)
#define F_ARM_2a (0x0800)
#define F_ARM_3 (0x0c00)
#define F_ARM_3M (0x4000)
#define F_ARM_4 (0x4400)
#define F_ARM_4T (0x4800)
#define F_ARM_5 (0x4c00)
/*
ARMMAGIC ought to encoded the procesor type,
but it is too late to change it now, instead
the flags field of the internal_f structure
is used as shown above.
XXX - NC 5/6/97. */
#define ARMMAGIC 0xa00 /* I just made this up */
#define ARMBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != ARMMAGIC))
#define ARMPEMAGIC 0x1c0
#define THUMBPEMAGIC 0x1c2
#undef ARMBADMAG
#define ARMBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != ARMMAGIC) && ((x).f_magic != ARMPEMAGIC) && ((x).f_magic != THUMBPEMAGIC))
#define OMAGIC 0404 /* object files, eg as output */
#define ZMAGIC 0413 /* demand load format, eg normal ld output */
#define STMAGIC 0401 /* target shlib */
#define SHMAGIC 0443 /* host shlib */
/* define some NT default values */
/* #define NT_IMAGE_BASE 0x400000 moved to internal.h */
#define NT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 0x1000
#define NT_FILE_ALIGNMENT 0x200
#define NT_DEF_RESERVE 0x100000
#define NT_DEF_COMMIT 0x1000
/* We use the .rdata section to hold read only data. */
#define _LIT ".rdata"
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
#ifdef ARM_WINCE
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 10
#else
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
char r_offset[4];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 14
#endif
#define ARM_NOTE_SECTION ".note"

48
include/coff/aux-coff.h
View File

@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
/* Modifications of internal.h and m68k.h needed by A/UX
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Suggested by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> */
#ifndef GNU_COFF_AUX_H
#define GNU_COFF_AUX_H 1
#include "coff/internal.h"
#include "coff/m68k.h"
/* Section contains 64-byte padded pathnames of shared libraries */
#undef STYP_LIB
#define STYP_LIB 0x200
/* Section contains shared library initialization code */
#undef STYP_INIT
#define STYP_INIT 0x400
/* Section contains .ident information */
#undef STYP_IDENT
#define STYP_IDENT 0x800
/* Section types used by bfd and gas not defined (directly) by A/UX */
#undef STYP_OVER
#define STYP_OVER 0
#undef STYP_INFO
#define STYP_INFO STYP_IDENT
/* Traditional name of the section tagged with STYP_LIB */
#define _LIB ".lib"
#endif /* GNU_COFF_AUX_H */

437
include/coff/ecoff.h
View File

@ -1,437 +0,0 @@
/* Generic ECOFF support.
This does not include symbol information, found in sym.h and
symconst.h.
Copyright 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef ECOFF_H
#define ECOFF_H
/* Mips magic numbers used in filehdr. MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE is used on
little endian machines. MIPS_MAGIC_BIG is used on big endian
machines. Where is MIPS_MAGIC_1 from? */
#define MIPS_MAGIC_1 0x0180
#define MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE 0x0162
#define MIPS_MAGIC_BIG 0x0160
/* These are the magic numbers used for MIPS code compiled at ISA
level 2. */
#define MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE2 0x0166
#define MIPS_MAGIC_BIG2 0x0163
/* These are the magic numbers used for MIPS code compiled at ISA
level 3. */
#define MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE3 0x142
#define MIPS_MAGIC_BIG3 0x140
/* Alpha magic numbers used in filehdr. */
#define ALPHA_MAGIC 0x183
#define ALPHA_MAGIC_BSD 0x185
/* Magic numbers used in a.out header. */
#define ECOFF_AOUT_OMAGIC 0407 /* not demand paged (ld -N). */
#define ECOFF_AOUT_ZMAGIC 0413 /* demand load format, eg normal ld output */
/* Names of special sections. */
#define _TEXT ".text"
#define _DATA ".data"
#define _BSS ".bss"
#define _RDATA ".rdata"
#define _SDATA ".sdata"
#define _SBSS ".sbss"
#define _LITA ".lita"
#define _LIT4 ".lit4"
#define _LIT8 ".lit8"
#define _LIB ".lib"
#define _INIT ".init"
#define _FINI ".fini"
#define _PDATA ".pdata"
#define _XDATA ".xdata"
#define _GOT ".got"
#define _HASH ".hash"
#define _DYNSYM ".dynsym"
#define _DYNSTR ".dynstr"
#define _RELDYN ".rel.dyn"
#define _CONFLIC ".conflic"
#define _COMMENT ".comment"
#define _LIBLIST ".liblist"
#define _DYNAMIC ".dynamic"
#define _RCONST ".rconst"
/* ECOFF uses some additional section flags. */
#define STYP_RDATA 0x100
#define STYP_SDATA 0x200
#define STYP_SBSS 0x400
#define STYP_GOT 0x1000
#define STYP_DYNAMIC 0x2000
#define STYP_DYNSYM 0x4000
#define STYP_RELDYN 0x8000
#define STYP_DYNSTR 0x10000
#define STYP_HASH 0x20000
#define STYP_LIBLIST 0x40000
#define STYP_CONFLIC 0x100000
#define STYP_ECOFF_FINI 0x1000000
#define STYP_EXTENDESC 0x2000000 /* 0x02FFF000 bits => scn type, rest clr */
#define STYP_LITA 0x4000000
#define STYP_LIT8 0x8000000
#define STYP_LIT4 0x10000000
#define STYP_ECOFF_LIB 0x40000000
#define STYP_ECOFF_INIT 0x80000000
#define STYP_OTHER_LOAD (STYP_ECOFF_INIT | STYP_ECOFF_FINI)
/* extended section types */
#define STYP_COMMENT 0x2100000
#define STYP_RCONST 0x2200000
#define STYP_XDATA 0x2400000
#define STYP_PDATA 0x2800000
/* The linker needs a section to hold small common variables while
linking. There is no convenient way to create it when the linker
needs it, so we always create one for each BFD. We then avoid
writing it out. */
#define SCOMMON ".scommon"
/* If the extern bit in a reloc is 1, then r_symndx is an index into
the external symbol table. If the extern bit is 0, then r_symndx
indicates a section, and is one of the following values. */
#define RELOC_SECTION_NONE 0
#define RELOC_SECTION_TEXT 1
#define RELOC_SECTION_RDATA 2
#define RELOC_SECTION_DATA 3
#define RELOC_SECTION_SDATA 4
#define RELOC_SECTION_SBSS 5
#define RELOC_SECTION_BSS 6
#define RELOC_SECTION_INIT 7
#define RELOC_SECTION_LIT8 8
#define RELOC_SECTION_LIT4 9
#define RELOC_SECTION_XDATA 10
#define RELOC_SECTION_PDATA 11
#define RELOC_SECTION_FINI 12
#define RELOC_SECTION_LITA 13
#define RELOC_SECTION_ABS 14
#define RELOC_SECTION_RCONST 15
#define NUM_RELOC_SECTIONS 16
/********************** STABS **********************/
/* gcc uses mips-tfile to output type information in special stabs
entries. These must match the corresponding definition in
gcc/config/mips.h. At some point, these should probably go into a
shared include file, but currently gcc and gdb do not share any
directories. */
#define CODE_MASK 0x8F300
#define ECOFF_IS_STAB(sym) (((sym)->index & 0xFFF00) == CODE_MASK)
#define ECOFF_MARK_STAB(code) ((code)+CODE_MASK)
#define ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB(code) ((code)-CODE_MASK)
#define STABS_SYMBOL "@stabs"
/********************** COFF **********************/
/* gcc also uses mips-tfile to output COFF debugging information.
These are the values it uses when outputting the .type directive.
These should also be in a shared include file. */
#define N_BTMASK (017)
#define N_TMASK (060)
#define N_BTSHFT (4)
#define N_TSHIFT (2)
/********************** AUX **********************/
/* The auxiliary type information is the same on all known ECOFF
targets. I can't see any reason that it would ever change, so I am
going to gamble and define the external structures here, in the
target independent ECOFF header file. The internal forms are
defined in coff/sym.h, which was originally donated by MIPS
Computer Systems. */
/* Type information external record */
struct tir_ext {
unsigned char t_bits1[1];
unsigned char t_tq45[1];
unsigned char t_tq01[1];
unsigned char t_tq23[1];
};
#define TIR_BITS1_FBITFIELD_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x80)
#define TIR_BITS1_FBITFIELD_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x01)
#define TIR_BITS1_CONTINUED_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x40)
#define TIR_BITS1_CONTINUED_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x02)
#define TIR_BITS1_BT_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x3F)
#define TIR_BITS1_BT_SH_BIG 0
#define TIR_BITS1_BT_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0xFC)
#define TIR_BITS1_BT_SH_LITTLE 2
#define TIR_BITS_TQ4_BIG ((unsigned int) 0xF0)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ4_SH_BIG 4
#define TIR_BITS_TQ5_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x0F)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ5_SH_BIG 0
#define TIR_BITS_TQ4_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x0F)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ4_SH_LITTLE 0
#define TIR_BITS_TQ5_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0xF0)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ5_SH_LITTLE 4
#define TIR_BITS_TQ0_BIG ((unsigned int) 0xF0)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ0_SH_BIG 4
#define TIR_BITS_TQ1_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x0F)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ1_SH_BIG 0
#define TIR_BITS_TQ0_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x0F)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ0_SH_LITTLE 0
#define TIR_BITS_TQ1_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0xF0)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ1_SH_LITTLE 4
#define TIR_BITS_TQ2_BIG ((unsigned int) 0xF0)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ2_SH_BIG 4
#define TIR_BITS_TQ3_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x0F)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ3_SH_BIG 0
#define TIR_BITS_TQ2_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x0F)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ2_SH_LITTLE 0
#define TIR_BITS_TQ3_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0xF0)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ3_SH_LITTLE 4
/* Relative symbol external record */
struct rndx_ext {
unsigned char r_bits[4];
};
#define RNDX_BITS0_RFD_SH_LEFT_BIG 4
#define RNDX_BITS1_RFD_BIG ((unsigned int) 0xF0)
#define RNDX_BITS1_RFD_SH_BIG 4
#define RNDX_BITS0_RFD_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 0
#define RNDX_BITS1_RFD_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x0F)
#define RNDX_BITS1_RFD_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 8
#define RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x0F)
#define RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG 16
#define RNDX_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG 8
#define RNDX_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG 0
#define RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0xF0)
#define RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_SH_LITTLE 4
#define RNDX_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 4
#define RNDX_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 12
/* Auxiliary symbol information external record */
union aux_ext {
struct tir_ext a_ti;
struct rndx_ext a_rndx;
unsigned char a_dnLow[4];
unsigned char a_dnHigh[4];
unsigned char a_isym[4];
unsigned char a_iss[4];
unsigned char a_width[4];
unsigned char a_count[4];
};
#define AUX_GET_ANY(bigend, ax, field) \
((bigend) ? bfd_getb32 ((ax)->field) : bfd_getl32 ((ax)->field))
#define AUX_GET_DNLOW(bigend, ax) AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_dnLow)
#define AUX_GET_DNHIGH(bigend, ax) AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_dnHigh)
#define AUX_GET_ISYM(bigend, ax) AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_isym)
#define AUX_GET_ISS(bigend, ax) AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_iss)
#define AUX_GET_WIDTH(bigend, ax) AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_width)
#define AUX_GET_COUNT(bigend, ax) AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_count)
#define AUX_PUT_ANY(bigend, val, ax, field) \
((bigend) \
? (bfd_putb32 ((bfd_vma) (val), (ax)->field), 0) \
: (bfd_putl32 ((bfd_vma) (val), (ax)->field), 0))
#define AUX_PUT_DNLOW(bigend, val, ax) \
AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_dnLow)
#define AUX_PUT_DNHIGH(bigend, val, ax) \
AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_dnHigh)
#define AUX_PUT_ISYM(bigend, val, ax) \
AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_isym)
#define AUX_PUT_ISS(bigend, val, ax) \
AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_iss)
#define AUX_PUT_WIDTH(bigend, val, ax) \
AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_width)
#define AUX_PUT_COUNT(bigend, val, ax) \
AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_count)
/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
/* For efficiency, gdb deals directly with the unswapped symbolic
information (that way it only takes the time to swap information
that it really needs to read). gdb originally retrieved the
information directly from the BFD backend information, but that
strategy, besides being sort of ugly, does not work for MIPS ELF,
which also uses ECOFF debugging information. This structure holds
pointers to the (mostly) unswapped symbolic information. */
struct ecoff_debug_info
{
/* The swapped ECOFF symbolic header. */
HDRR symbolic_header;
/* Pointers to the unswapped symbolic information. Note that the
pointers to external structures point to different sorts of
information on different ECOFF targets. The ecoff_debug_swap
structure provides the sizes of the structures and the functions
needed to swap the information in and out. These pointers are
all pointers to arrays, not single structures. They will be NULL
if there are no instances of the relevant structure. These
fields are also used by the assembler to output ECOFF debugging
information. */
unsigned char *line;
PTR external_dnr; /* struct dnr_ext */
PTR external_pdr; /* struct pdr_ext */
PTR external_sym; /* struct sym_ext */
PTR external_opt; /* struct opt_ext */
union aux_ext *external_aux;
char *ss;
char *ssext;
PTR external_fdr; /* struct fdr_ext */
PTR external_rfd; /* struct rfd_ext */
PTR external_ext; /* struct ext_ext */
/* These fields are used when linking. They may disappear at some
point. */
char *ssext_end;
PTR external_ext_end;
/* When linking, this field holds a mapping from the input FDR
numbers to the output numbers, and is used when writing out the
external symbols. It is NULL if no mapping is required. */
RFDT *ifdmap;
/* The swapped FDR information. Currently this is never NULL, but
code using this structure should probably double-check in case
this changes in the future. This is a pointer to an array, not a
single structure. */
FDR *fdr;
/* When relaxing MIPS embedded PIC code, we may need to adjust
symbol values when they are output. This is a linked list of
structures indicating how values should be adjusted. There is no
requirement that the entries be in any order, or that they not
overlap. This field is normally NULL, in which case no
adjustments need to be made. */
struct ecoff_value_adjust *adjust;
};
/* This structure describes how to adjust symbol values when
outputting MIPS embedded PIC code. These adjustments only apply to
the internal symbols, as the external symbol values will come from
the hash table and have already been adjusted. */
struct ecoff_value_adjust
{
/* Next entry on adjustment list. */
struct ecoff_value_adjust *next;
/* Starting VMA of adjustment. This is the VMA in the ECOFF file,
not the offset from the start of the section. Thus it should
indicate a particular section. */
bfd_vma start;
/* Ending VMA of adjustment. */
bfd_vma end;
/* Adjustment. This should be added to the value of the symbol, or
FDR. This is zero for the last entry in the array. */
long adjust;
};
/* These structures are used by the ECOFF find_nearest_line function. */
struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry
{
/* Base address in .text of this FDR. */
bfd_vma base_addr;
FDR *fdr;
};
struct ecoff_find_line
{
/* Allocated memory to hold function and file names. */
char *find_buffer;
/* FDR table, sorted by address: */
long fdrtab_len;
struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry *fdrtab;
/* Cache entry for most recently found line information. The sect
field is NULL if this cache does not contain valid information. */
struct
{
asection *sect;
bfd_vma start;
bfd_vma stop;
const char *filename;
const char *functionname;
unsigned int line_num;
} cache;
};
/********************** SWAPPING **********************/
/* The generic ECOFF code needs to be able to swap debugging
information in and out in the specific format used by a particular
ECOFF implementation. This structure provides the information
needed to do this. */
struct ecoff_debug_swap
{
/* Symbol table magic number. */
int sym_magic;
/* Alignment of debugging information. E.g., 4. */
bfd_size_type debug_align;
/* Sizes of external symbolic information. */
bfd_size_type external_hdr_size;
bfd_size_type external_dnr_size;
bfd_size_type external_pdr_size;
bfd_size_type external_sym_size;
bfd_size_type external_opt_size;
bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
bfd_size_type external_rfd_size;
bfd_size_type external_ext_size;
/* Functions to swap in external symbolic data. */
void (*swap_hdr_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, HDRR *));
void (*swap_dnr_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, DNR *));
void (*swap_pdr_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PDR *));
void (*swap_sym_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, SYMR *));
void (*swap_opt_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, OPTR *));
void (*swap_fdr_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, FDR *));
void (*swap_rfd_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, RFDT *));
void (*swap_ext_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, EXTR *));
void (*swap_tir_in) PARAMS ((int, const struct tir_ext *, TIR *));
void (*swap_rndx_in) PARAMS ((int, const struct rndx_ext *, RNDXR *));
/* Functions to swap out external symbolic data. */
void (*swap_hdr_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const HDRR *, PTR));
void (*swap_dnr_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const DNR *, PTR));
void (*swap_pdr_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PDR *, PTR));
void (*swap_sym_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const SYMR *, PTR));
void (*swap_opt_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const OPTR *, PTR));
void (*swap_fdr_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const FDR *, PTR));
void (*swap_rfd_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const RFDT *, PTR));
void (*swap_ext_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const EXTR *, PTR));
void (*swap_tir_out) PARAMS ((int, const TIR *, struct tir_ext *));
void (*swap_rndx_out) PARAMS ((int, const RNDXR *, struct rndx_ext *));
/* Function to read symbol data and set up pointers in
ecoff_debug_info structure. The section argument is used for
ELF, not straight ECOFF. */
bfd_boolean (*read_debug_info)
PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, struct ecoff_debug_info *));
};
#endif /* ! defined (ECOFF_H) */

254
include/coff/external.h
View File

@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
/* external.h -- External COFF structures
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef COFF_EXTERNAL_H
#define COFF_EXTERNAL_H
#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_FILHDR
/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
struct external_filehdr
{
char f_magic[2]; /* magic number */
char f_nscns[2]; /* number of sections */
char f_timdat[4]; /* time & date stamp */
char f_symptr[4]; /* file pointer to symtab */
char f_nsyms[4]; /* number of symtab entries */
char f_opthdr[2]; /* sizeof(optional hdr) */
char f_flags[2]; /* flags */
};
#define FILHDR struct external_filehdr
#define FILHSZ 20
#endif
#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_AOUTHDR
/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
typedef struct external_aouthdr
{
char magic[2]; /* type of file */
char vstamp[2]; /* version stamp */
char tsize[4]; /* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry*/
char dsize[4]; /* initialized data " " */
char bsize[4]; /* uninitialized data " " */
char entry[4]; /* entry pt. */
char text_start[4]; /* base of text used for this file */
char data_start[4]; /* base of data used for this file */
}
AOUTHDR;
#define AOUTHDRSZ 28
#define AOUTSZ 28
#endif
#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_SCNHDR
/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
struct external_scnhdr
{
char s_name[8]; /* section name */
char s_paddr[4]; /* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
char s_vaddr[4]; /* virtual address */
char s_size[4]; /* section size */
char s_scnptr[4]; /* file ptr to raw data for section */
char s_relptr[4]; /* file ptr to relocation */
char s_lnnoptr[4]; /* file ptr to line numbers */
char s_nreloc[2]; /* number of relocation entries */
char s_nlnno[2]; /* number of line number entries */
char s_flags[4]; /* flags */
};
#define SCNHDR struct external_scnhdr
#define SCNHSZ 40
/* Names of "special" sections. */
#define _TEXT ".text"
#define _DATA ".data"
#define _BSS ".bss"
#define _COMMENT ".comment"
#define _LIB ".lib"
#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_SCNHDR */
#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_LINENO
/********************** LINE NUMBERS **********************/
#ifndef L_LNNO_SIZE
#error L_LNNO_SIZE needs to be defined
#endif
/* 1 line number entry for every "breakpointable" source line in a section.
Line numbers are grouped on a per function basis; first entry in a function
grouping will have l_lnno = 0 and in place of physical address will be the
symbol table index of the function name. */
struct external_lineno
{
union
{
char l_symndx[4]; /* function name symbol index, iff l_lnno == 0*/
char l_paddr[4]; /* (physical) address of line number */
} l_addr;
char l_lnno[L_LNNO_SIZE]; /* line number */
};
#define LINENO struct external_lineno
#define LINESZ (4 + L_LNNO_SIZE)
#if L_LNNO_SIZE == 4
#define GET_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, ext) H_GET_32 (abfd, (ext->l_lnno))
#define PUT_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, val, ext) H_PUT_32 (abfd, val, (ext->l_lnno))
#endif
#if L_LNNO_SIZE == 2
#define GET_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, ext) H_GET_16 (abfd, (ext->l_lnno))
#define PUT_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, val, ext) H_PUT_16 (abfd, val, (ext->l_lnno))
#endif
#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_LINENO */
#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_SYMENT
/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
#define E_SYMNMLEN 8 /* # characters in a symbol name */
#ifndef E_FILNMLEN
#define E_FILNMLEN 14
#endif
#define E_DIMNUM 4 /* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
struct external_syment
{
union
{
char e_name[E_SYMNMLEN];
struct
{
char e_zeroes[4];
char e_offset[4];
} e;
} e;
char e_value[4];
char e_scnum[2];
char e_type[2];
char e_sclass[1];
char e_numaux[1];
};
#define SYMENT struct external_syment
#define SYMESZ 18
#ifndef N_BTMASK
#define N_BTMASK 0xf
#endif
#ifndef N_TMASK
#define N_TMASK 0x30
#endif
#ifndef N_BTSHFT
#define N_BTSHFT 4
#endif
#ifndef N_TSHIFT
#define N_TSHIFT 2
#endif
#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_SYMENT */
#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_AUXENT
union external_auxent
{
struct
{
char x_tagndx[4]; /* str, un, or enum tag indx */
union
{
struct
{
char x_lnno[2]; /* declaration line number */
char x_size[2]; /* str/union/array size */
} x_lnsz;
char x_fsize[4]; /* size of function */
} x_misc;
union
{
struct /* if ISFCN, tag, or .bb */
{
char x_lnnoptr[4]; /* ptr to fcn line # */
char x_endndx[4]; /* entry ndx past block end */
} x_fcn;
struct /* if ISARY, up to 4 dimen. */
{
char x_dimen[E_DIMNUM][2];
} x_ary;
} x_fcnary;
char x_tvndx[2]; /* tv index */
} x_sym;
union
{
char x_fname[E_FILNMLEN];
struct
{
char x_zeroes[4];
char x_offset[4];
} x_n;
} x_file;
struct
{
char x_scnlen[4]; /* section length */
char x_nreloc[2]; /* # relocation entries */
char x_nlinno[2]; /* # line numbers */
#ifdef INCLUDE_COMDAT_FIELDS_IN_AUXENT
char x_checksum[4]; /* section COMDAT checksum */
char x_associated[2]; /* COMDAT associated section index */
char x_comdat[1]; /* COMDAT selection number */
#endif
} x_scn;
struct
{
char x_tvfill[4]; /* tv fill value */
char x_tvlen[2]; /* length of .tv */
char x_tvran[2][2]; /* tv range */
} x_tv; /* info about .tv section (in auxent of symbol .tv)) */
};
#define AUXENT union external_auxent
#define AUXESZ 18
#define _ETEXT "etext"
#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_AUXENT */
#endif /* COFF_EXTERNAL_H */

37
include/coff/go32exe.h
View File

@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
/* COFF information for PC running go32.
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#define STUBSIZE 2048
struct external_filehdr_go32_exe
{
char stub[STUBSIZE];/* the stub to load the image */
/* the standard COFF header */
char f_magic[2]; /* magic number */
char f_nscns[2]; /* number of sections */
char f_timdat[4]; /* time & date stamp */
char f_symptr[4]; /* file pointer to symtab */
char f_nsyms[4]; /* number of symtab entries */
char f_opthdr[2]; /* sizeof(optional hdr) */
char f_flags[2]; /* flags */
};
#undef FILHDR
#define FILHDR struct external_filehdr_go32_exe
#undef FILHSZ
#define FILHSZ STUBSIZE+20

50
include/coff/h8300.h
View File

@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for Renesas H8/300 and H8/300-H
Copyright 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 4
#include "coff/external.h"
#define H8300MAGIC 0x8300
#define H8300HMAGIC 0x8301
#define H8300SMAGIC 0x8302
#define H8300BADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != H8300MAGIC))
#define H8300HBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != H8300HMAGIC))
#define H8300SBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != H8300SMAGIC))
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
/* The external reloc has an offset field, because some of the reloc
types on the h8 don't have room in the instruction for the entire
offset - eg the strange jump and high page addressing modes. */
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_offset[4];
char r_type[2];
char r_stuff[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 16

46
include/coff/h8500.h
View File

@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for Renesas H8/500
Copyright 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 4
#include "coff/external.h"
#define H8500MAGIC 0x8500
#define H8500BADMAG(x) ((0xffff && ((x).f_magic) != H8500MAGIC))
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
/* The external reloc has an offset field, because some of the reloc
types on the h8 don't have room in the instruction for the entire
offset - eg the strange jump and high page addressing modes. */
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_offset[4];
char r_type[2];
char r_stuff[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 16

71
include/coff/i386.h
View File

@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for Intel 386/486.
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#define INCLUDE_COMDAT_FIELDS_IN_AUXENT
#include "coff/external.h"
/* Bits for f_flags:
F_RELFLG relocation info stripped from file
F_EXEC file is executable (no unresolved external references)
F_LNNO line numbers stripped from file
F_LSYMS local symbols stripped from file
F_AR32WR file has byte ordering of an AR32WR machine (e.g. vax). */
#define F_RELFLG (0x0001)
#define F_EXEC (0x0002)
#define F_LNNO (0x0004)
#define F_LSYMS (0x0008)
#define I386MAGIC 0x14c
#define I386PTXMAGIC 0x154
#define I386AIXMAGIC 0x175
/* This is Lynx's all-platform magic number for executables. */
#define LYNXCOFFMAGIC 0415
#define I386BADMAG(x) ( ((x).f_magic != I386MAGIC) \
&& (x).f_magic != I386AIXMAGIC \
&& (x).f_magic != I386PTXMAGIC \
&& (x).f_magic != LYNXCOFFMAGIC)
#define OMAGIC 0404 /* object files, eg as output */
#define ZMAGIC 0413 /* demand load format, eg normal ld output */
#define STMAGIC 0401 /* target shlib */
#define SHMAGIC 0443 /* host shlib */
/* define some NT default values */
/* #define NT_IMAGE_BASE 0x400000 moved to internal.h */
#define NT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 0x1000
#define NT_FILE_ALIGNMENT 0x200
#define NT_DEF_RESERVE 0x100000
#define NT_DEF_COMMIT 0x1000
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 10

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More